AlFitan

Try one of these

← Sitemap

Kitab al-Fitan (Nu'aym ibn Hammad)

كتاب الفتن لنعيم بن حماد

Kitab al-Fitan of Nu'aym ibn Hammad is ungraded and weak overall. Its reports are shown for study, never as established.

  1. The Messenger of Allah, ﷺ, led the Asr prayer with us during the day, then he delivered a sermon until the sun went down. He did not leave anything that would happen unti...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  2. Allah has raised this world for me, so I look at it and what will be in it until the Day of Resurrection as I look at these palms of my own: two generations from Allah th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  3. I am the most knowledgeable of people about every temptation that will occur until the Day of Resurrection, and what is wrong with me is that the Messenger of Allah, may ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  4. There will be temptations like pieces of the dark night, one after the other. They will come to you like the faces of cows, and you will not know which one is from what....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  5. These are temptations that have spread like the foreheads of cows, in which most people will perish except those who knew about them before that

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  6. When time draws near, honor will overwhelm you with temptations like pieces of a dark night

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  7. Yes, whether the family of a household, whether Arab or non-Arab, Allah wants good for them, He admits Islam to them. He said: Then what? He said: Then there will be trib...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  8. Al-Walid bin Muslim told us, on the authority of Al-Awza’i, on the authority of Abd al-Wahid bin Qays, on the authority of Urwa bin Al-Zubayr, on the authority of Karz bi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  9. Ibn al-Mubarak told us, on the authority of Muammar, on the authority of al-Zuhri, on the authority of Urwa ibn al-Zubayr, on the authority of Karaz ibn Alqamah, with a s...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  10. Indeed, before the Hour there is a commotion. They said: What is the commotion? He said: Murder and lying. They said: O Messenger of Allah, more infidels were killed than...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  11. They will be among the people of Islam at the hands of the hour of chaos and killing, until a man kills his grandfather, his cousin, his father, and his brother. By Allah...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  12. It was narrated from Abu Musa Al-Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:“Before the Hour comes, there will be tribulation like pieces of black night, when a man wil...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  13. At the hands of the Hour there is temptation like pieces of a dark night. A man will be a believer in the evening and become an unbeliever, and he will be a believer in t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  14. Anas bin Malik narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:"Before the Hour there shall be Fitan like a portion of the dark night. Morning will come upon a man as a ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  15. Sedition is rampant in Allah's country, it is taking its toll, and it is not permissible for anyone to awaken it. Woe to whoever takes hold of its snare. You will not see...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  16. There is no one who is involved in a temptation that reaches the size of three hundred people, but if I wanted to call him by his name, his father’s name, and his residen...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  17. Three hundred men will emerge from my nation, carrying three hundred banners, who know and know their tribes, seeking the face of Allah, and will be killed for misguidanc...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  18. If I told you everything, I don't know if you would have watched me at night

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  19. You will continue to be in tribulation and temptation, and the matter will only increase in severity. If the ruler does not obey Allah, and the one who is in charge of hi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  20. Are you afraid of anything? We fear demand. You are right, there has never been plunder without it having a demand, and people have never been afflicted with plunder grea...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  21. Sending temptations on earth, sending rain

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  22. When Allah Almighty told Moses (peace be upon him) the story of this nation, he wished he were a man from them, so Allah said: O Moses, the end of it will be afflicted wi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  23. There will be tribulations in my nation until a man is separated from his father and brother, until a man is reproached for his calamity just as an adulteress is reproach...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  24. Trials always come to you like heavy rain

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  25. Usama reported that Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) climbed up a battlement amongst the battlements of Medina and then said:You do not see what I am seeing and I am seeing the plac...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  26. I am not better guided by any of your paths than I am by every temptation that exists and by its crowing and its leader until the Day of Resurrection.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  27. By Allah, I am not on the way to any village or to Egypt with any knowledge of what will happen after Uthman ibn Affan.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  28. There are not three hundred that come out unless you wish to name their driver and caller until the Day of Resurrection

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  29. Yes, he said: So I said: Is there any good after that evil? He said: Yes. He said: I said: Is there any good after that evil? He said: Yes, and it contains smoke. I said:...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  30. Al-Walid told us, and Al-Awza’i told us, on the authority of Hassan bin Atiyah, on the authority of Hudhayfah, similar to that

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  31. My friends were learning good and I was learning evil, for fear that I would fall into it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  32. Yes, and there is smoke in it, people of our race, who speak in our tongues, whether you recognize or deny it, are preachers at the gates of Hell. Whoever obeys them, the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  33. Muhammad bin Shapur told us, on the authority of Al-Nu’man bin Al-Mundhir, on the authority of Makhul, on the authority of Hudhayfah, on the authority of the Prophet, ﷺ, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  34. Yes, I said: Then what? He said: A truce over Dukhan. I said: What comes after the truce? He said: Callers to misguidance. If you find a successor for Allah on that day, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  35. My nation will not perish until distinction, swaying, and gestures appear in them. Hudhayfah said: So I said: May my father and mother be sacrificed for you, O Messenger ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  36. There was nothing among the children of Israel that did not exist in you

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  37. When Tustar was opened, we found in Al-Hurmuzan’s treasury a Qur’an at the head of a dead person on a bed. He said: It is Daniel according to what he thinks. He said: So ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  38. The interpretation of these has not yet come. Allah sent down the Qur’an wherever He revealed it. Some of them are verses that were interpreted before it was revealed. So...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  39. You will be victorious over your enemy therein. Then he said: There will be a trial in which this will be nothing but like water in honey. It will leave you with little r...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  40. The Hour will not come until you see great things that you did not see and that you do not speak to yourselves

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  41. You will remain after me until you say: When? And you will come into ruins, one of you annihilating the other. And before the Hour is two severe deaths, and after it will...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  42. Every twenty years you will be in a different state than you were in

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  43. But it exists and its interpretation has not yet come

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  44. As for you, you will not see anything from this world except calamity and temptation, and the matter will only increase in severity, and you will not see something that t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  45. Ask me, for by Allah, do not ask me about a group that went out to fight a hundred, or guide a hundred, unless I inform you of its driver, its leader, and its caller, wha...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  46. Mu’awiyah said:“I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) say: ‘There is nothing left of this world except trials and tribulations.’”

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  47. Not one year comes upon you except that it is worse than the last. I heard it from your Prophet, ﷺ

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  48. The people of Islam will be afflicted with calamity and the people around them will be terrified, to the point that a Muslim will return as a Jew or Christian due to the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  49. There are days before the Hour in which ignorance will descend and hoopla will increase. They said: What is the hoopla, O Messenger of Allah? He said: Murder, except that...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  50. Nothing comes to you that you are upset about, but something else comes to you to distract you from it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  51. If your ignorant people are many, and your scholars and jurists are few, and your reciters and princes are many, and your trustworthy ones are few, and you seek this worl...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  52. There is nothing between you and evil being sent upon you beyond measure, except the death of Omar, (may Allah be pleased with him)

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  53. There is nothing between you and evil except a man, and if he dies, evil will be poured upon you for miles

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  54. By the One in whose hand is my soul until the Day of Resurrection

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  55. O Amer, do not be deceived by what you see, for these people are about to renounce their religion just as a woman renounces her kiss.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  56. The first people to perish were Persians, then the Arabs followed them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  57. Our direction during the time of the Messenger of Allah, ﷺ, was one. When the Messenger of Allah, ﷺ, died, we headed here and there.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  58. Ka'b never told me anything that happened to him in my authority except that I saw it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  59. O Mujahid, if you see the houses of Mecca with their roofs exposed and water running down their roads, be careful.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  60. The temptation of a man regarding his family, his wealth, his children, and his neighbour, is expiated by prayer, charity, enjoining good, and forbidding evil. He said: I...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  61. A time will come upon the people when a believer will be criticized for his faith just as today the ungodly is criticized for his immorality, until it will be said to a m...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  62. If lies spread, there will be a lot of commotion

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  63. As for Ibn al-Khattab being alive, no, but that is if the people are in a state of calamity and calamity, and a man begins to remember that the land has nothing like the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  64. The worst of the nights, days, months and times are the closest to the Hour

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  65. Other than that, there is a closed door that is about to be broken or opened. Omar said: Do you have no father? I said: Kasra. He said: Perhaps if it was broken it would ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  66. In the hands of the Hour there is a tribulation as if it were pieces of a dark night. A man becomes a believer in the morning and comes in the evening as a disbeliever, a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  67. A man's temptation in his family, his money, and his neighbour, is expiated by fasting, prayer, and charity. Omar said: This is not what I want, but what he said about th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  68. There is a commotion before the Hour. I said: What is the commotion? He said: Murder. We said: More than those killed today? He said: And the Muslims in their private par...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  69. How will you be if you are afflicted with tribulation in which the old grow old, the young grow up in it, and people take it as a religion, and when it changes they say: ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  70. O people of Egypt, do not take revenge on me. By Allah, I have increased your number, increased your support, and strengthened you over your enemy. Know that I am better ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  71. It was narrated from Hudhaifah bin Yaman that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:“The Hour will not begin until you kill your ruler and fight one another with swords, and yo...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  72. Count, O Auf, six before the Hour. The first of them is my death, so I cried until the Messenger of Allah (may Allah’s prayers and peace be upon him) made me silence him....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  73. There are six before the Hour, the first of which is the death of your Prophet, say: one, the second is the conquest of Jerusalem, the third is death that will fall upon ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  74. Six before the Hour, the first of which is the death of your Prophet, the conquest of Jerusalem, death like a sheep’s sheath, a truce between you and the Banu Asfar, the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  75. There are six times before the Hour, the first of which is my death, then the conquest of Jerusalem, then a place that my nation will descend from the Sham (Greater Syria...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  76. We entered the land of the Romans during the Battle of Al-Tuwanah, and we camped at Marja, so I took hold of the heads of my companions’ animals, so I reached for them, a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  77. Allah has created five trials in this nation: a general trial, then a specific trial, then a general trial, then a specific trial, then a dark, black trial in which peopl...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  78. Five temptations have been created in this nation: the blind, the deaf, and the profound

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  79. There will be a trial, then there will be a group, then there will be a trial and repentance, then a group and repentance, until he mentioned the fourth, then there will ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  80. There are four temptations in Islam, the fourth of which will lead them to the Dajjal: the speckled, the dark, the weak and the weak.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  81. There will be a trial, then there will be a group, then there will be a trial, then there will be a group, then there will be a trial in which the minds of men will be tw...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  82. There will be four trials in my nation, and in the fourth there will be annihilation

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  83. The first strife was five years, the second was ten years, the strife of Ibn al-Zubayr, then the third would be twenty years, its evil spreading from the east and the wes...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  84. There are four temptations after the Messenger of Allah ﷺ until the Hour comes, the first five, the twelfth, the twenty-third, and the fourth is the Dajjal.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  85. It will be a temptation that includes all people, from which only the Western soldiers will be safe

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  86. There will be four tribulations: the first is in which blood is permissible, the second is permissible in blood and money, the third is in which blood, money and private ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  87. I warn you of seven trials that will occur after me: a trial that will come from Medina, a trial in Mecca, a trial that will come from Yemen, a trial that will come from ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  88. There will be four trials after me: the first in which blood will be shed, the second in which blood and wealth will be made permissible, the third in which blood, wealth...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  89. After me, four trials will come to you: the first in which blood will be made lawful, the second in which blood and wealth will be made lawful, the third in which blood, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  90. Four tribulations come: the first tribulation in which blood is made permissible, the second in which blood and wealth are made permissible, the third in which blood, wea...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  91. There will be four tribulations in my nation, the last of which will be afflicted with synonymous tribulations. The first is a calamity that afflicts them until the belie...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  92. There are three temptations, the fourth will lead them to the Dajjal, which throws the kneecaps, which throws the hair, and the dark black stone, which ripples the waves ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  93. The trial of good times includes war and flight, and the trial of good times comes out from under the feet of a man who claims to be from me and is not of me. Rather, my ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  94. There are four temptations: the temptation of good times, the temptation of adversity, and the temptation of such-and-such, so he mentioned the metal of gold, then a man ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  95. There will be tribulations after me, including the tribulation of Ahlas, in which there will be war and flight, then after that tribulations worse than that, and then the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  96. There are four temptations: the first is insight, the second is an air temptation, the third is a blind temptation, and the fourth is the Dajjal.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  97. There will be three tribulations like yours departing: a tribulation that will take place in the Sham (Greater Syria), then the eastern one, the destruction of kings, the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  98. The war of the Arabs revolves around twenty-five years after the death of their Prophet, ﷺ, then a strife arises in which there is killing and fighting, then they return ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  99. Abu Omar Al-Saffar told us, on the authority of Abu Al-Tayyah, on the authority of Abu Al-Awwam, on the authority of Ka’b, and something similar

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  100. By Allah, I wish that no tower would be built without a tower falling, and I say that, but a turmoil descended from the sky, with only a span between us and it falling, a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  101. I found its description in the books, that the Children of Israel fought with it nine times until they were destroyed, and that the Arabs would fight with it the tenth ti...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  102. There will be a trial, after which there will be another. The first in the afterlife is nothing but the fruit of a whip, followed by sword flies. Then there will be a tri...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  103. Shall I not tell you about the temptation of sending? It was said: What is the temptation of sending? He said: If a man were bound by ten fetters among the people of fals...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  104. Hold six before the Hour, the first of which is the death of your Prophet, the second is the conquest of Jerusalem, the third is a tribulation that will enter every line ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  105. As for those among you who are companions of Muhammad (may Allah’s prayers and peace be upon him), no, by Allah, he will not come out until a people wishes him to come ou...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  106. Busr bin Sa'eed said:During the Fitnah(in the time) of 'Uthman bin 'Affan, Sa'd bin Abi Waqqas said: "I testify that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said: 'There will be a ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  107. It will be a temptation in which the minds of men will be twisted until you can hardly see a sane man

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  108. A man fights there without knowing whether he is fighting right or wrong

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  109. Trials are presented to hearts like the width of mats. Al-Fazari said: Mats are the way, “So any heart that denies it, a white mark will be marked on it, and any heart th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  110. If temptation was presented to the hearts, then any heart that denies it the first time will have a white spot on it, and any heart that does not deny it will have a blac...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  111. How can you do if you see what is good as wrong, and what is wrong as good? They said: And this will happen, O Messenger of Allah? He said: Yes

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  112. One of the signs of the Hour is that minds will diminish, relatives will become weak, and anxiety will increase

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  113. After me, my nation will be afflicted with tribulations in which a man’s heart will die just as his body will die

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  114. If a people is accused of temptation, and if there were prophets among them, they would be tempted. His mind is taken away from every person with reason, from every perso...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  115. It takes away the minds of most of the people of that time, and leaves behind a group of people, some of whom think they are on to something but they are not

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  116. I heard Abu Musa Al-Ash'ari, something similar, and the Prophet ﷺ did not mention it except at the end: As our Prophet, ﷺ, entrusted us.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  117. I fear for you a trial like smoke, in which a man's heart will die just as his body will die

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  118. When Cain killed Abel, Allah distorted his mind and deprived him of his heart, so he remained lost until he died.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  119. To expose your heart to good and evil, but you do not know which one to ride

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  120. A time will come upon people when a man will see, and in the evening he will not see with his blade

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  121. These are temptations that have spread like pieces of a dark night. Whenever messengers go away, messengers come in them. A man’s heart dies as his body dies.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  122. O people, this is a devastating trial that you leave the wise one in as if he was born yesterday. It comes to you from your place of safety, like a stomach ailment. You d...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  123. Receive good news of a vast world that will eat away at your faith. Whoever of you was certain of his Lord on that day will receive a white, stained trial, and whoever of...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  124. Among the signs of calamity and signs of the Hour are that minds become alienated, dreams diminish, worries increase, signs of truth are raised, and injustice appears.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  125. In the fifth, blind, deaf, and devastating fitnah, people will become like animals

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  126. In the fifth, blind, deaf, and devastating fitnah, people will become like animals

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  127. The Fourth Trial, in which my nation will struggle like humanity, the affliction will become so severe that good will not be recognized and evil will not be denounced.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  128. After me, four trials will come to you. The fourth of them is deaf, blind, and deafening. The nation will be afflicted with afflictions that will afflict people, until go...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  129. I wish I had a hundred men with hearts of gold, so I could climb onto a rock and tell them a conversation that would never harm them after it, and then I would go away an...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  130. Indeed, temptation is presented to hearts. Any heart that drinks it will have a black spot on it, and any heart that denies it will have a white spot on it. So whoever am...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  131. If it was the year one hundred and sixty, the dreams of those with dreams and the opinion of those with opinions were diminished

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  132. Sedition is a questionable right and wrong, so whoever knows the truth will not be harmed by sedition

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  133. And among you is the Book of Allah. He said: I said: And do we have our minds? He said: And you have your minds

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  134. True misguidance is that you know what you used to deny, and you deny what you knew, so look at what you are today and adhere to it, for no more temptation will harm you....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  135. You present good and evil to your heart, not knowing which one to ride

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  136. The Hour is based on people whose dreams are the dreams of birds

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  137. The least you can overcome in terms of jihad is jihad with your hands, then jihad with your tongues, then jihad with your hearts. For any heart that does not know what is...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  138. If the heart does not know what is right, nor does it reject what is wrong, it is set back, making the top the bottom

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  139. What do you think of the heart if it breaks?

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  140. How would you be if you saw twenty or more men who did not see among them a man who was feared for the sake of Allah Almighty?

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  141. The Hour will not come until a man passes by the grave and says: I wish I were in the place of his companion when the people face the temptations

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  142. A day will come upon you when one of you walks to his brother's grave and says: I wish I were in his place

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  143. There will come a time when a man will come to a grave and lie down on it and say: I wish I were in the place of his friend. This is not out of love for meeting Allah, bu...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  144. The Hour will not come until a man passes by his brother's grave and says: I wish I were in your place

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  145. There will come a time for people when death is more beloved to one of them than washing with cold water on a hot day, and then he does not die

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  146. A time will come upon the people when a man comes to the grave and wallows over it as an animal wallows, wishing to be there in the place of its companion, not out of lov...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  147. Ibn Mahdi told us, on the authority of Sufyan, on the authority of Al-A’mash, on the authority of Ibrahim, on the authority of Abdullah, and the like

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  148. The Hour will not come until a man comes to the grave and wallows over it like an animal wallows, wishing to be in the place of its owner

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  149. You are called to an enemy on one side, while you are like that when you are called to another enemy, and you do not know to which enemy you will flee, and on that day th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  150. If you live a short life, then a man is about to come to the grave of his intimate friend and look at you, saying: I wish I were in your place. I have been saved. I have ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  151. The sea is about to become difficult, so that no female slave will flow through it, and the land will become difficult, so that no one will be able to take refuge in a ho...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  152. A time will come upon people when a person will wish that he and his family are in a laden orbit, tossing them around in the sea due to the severity of the calamities on ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  153. There will come a time when a man with honor, money, and children will wish for death because of the misfortune he sees from his rulers

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  154. You will not see anything from this world except affliction and temptation, and the matter will only increase in severity, and you will not see from the Imams anything bu...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  155. Death is almost more beloved to scholars than red gold

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  156. We were talking that the first thing that lifts people's minds is familiarity

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  157. If a man does not trust his companion

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  158. A time would come upon the people in which the eye of the wise would not meet

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  159. If you see blood being shed unjustly, and money being given on the basis of lies, and doubt and curses appearing, and apostasy taking place, then whoever is able to die, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  160. A time is about to come for people when death will be more beloved to the world than red gold

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  161. Sedition has pauses and resurrections, so whoever is able to die during its pauses should do so

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  162. Its stances are when the sword is sheathed, and its resurrections are when the sword is unsheathed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  163. Sedition has its stops and resurrections, so whoever of you is able to die during its stops should do so

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  164. The death of my son and my family is easier for me than this. He said: By Allah, we did not know what he meant by that until temptations occurred, so we said: This is a w...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  165. As if you envy me with them? We said: By Allah, the Muslim man was pleased with people like these, so he raised his head to the roof of a short house in which the hawk ne...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  166. How are you when there is a temptation in which the best people are all rich and hidden? Ibn al-Tufayl said: How, but it is the gift of one of us with which he throws eve...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  167. Worshiping in chaos and strife is like migration to me

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  168. The most beloved thing to Allah Almighty is the strangers who flee from their religion and gather to Jesus, son of Mary, peace be upon him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  169. With their loyalists. We said: Our loyalists are with Ali. He said: It is as if we had thrown a stone at him. We stayed for an hour, then he said: This man has warned us....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  170. I wish I had died twenty years earlier

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  171. Ali said that he did not do what he did, Ammar said that he did not do what he did, Talha said that he did not do what he did, and Al-Zubair said that he did not do what ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  172. I was reading this verse {You are dead and they are dead, then on the Day of Resurrection you will dispute with your Lord} [Al-Zumar: 31] and I saw that it was among the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  173. Ibn al-Mubarak told us, on the authority of Yazid ibn Ibrahim, on the authority of al-Hasan, in the Almighty’s saying: {And fear a trial that will not strike those of you...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  174. He did not entrust me with a covenant regarding this matter that he did not entrust to the people, but the people attacked Othman, (may Allah be pleased with him), and ki...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  175. What was entrusted to us in the Emirate is a covenant that we should adhere to, but it is something that I have seen. If it is right, it is from Allah, and if it is wrong...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  176. A trial befell us after Abu Bakr and Omar, (may Allah be pleased with them), so it is what Allah willed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  177. Oh Hassan, I wish I had died twenty years earlier

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  178. Oh Hassan, I wish I had died twenty years before this day

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  179. The Commander of the Faithful Ali wanted something, so things continued, but he found no solution

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  180. Oh Hassan, did this eat away at us? I wish I had died twenty or forty years before this

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  181. What a miserable thing you said, my son, because falling from the sky to the earth to something other than the punishment of Allah is more beloved to me than to be expose...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  182. If your visions come true, a group of people around you will be killed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  183. It was fate

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  184. People who had precedents and were afflicted with temptation, so they referred their matter to Allah

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  185. He will be one of my companions. May Allah forgive them for their precedence. If people after them follow their example, Allah will cast them into the fire of hell.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  186. The Messenger of Allah, ﷺ, preceded, and Abu Bakr and a third of Omar prayed, then a trial struck us, so Allah willed.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  187. He was among those who believed and did righteous deeds, then they feared and believed, then they feared and did good, and Allah loves those who do good.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  188. Are you the one who is barked at by the dogs of Al-Hawab? When Aisha passed by, the dogs barked, so she asked about it, and she was told: This is the water of Al-Hawab. S...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  189. Are you the one who is barked by such-and-such water dogs? Beware, Humaira

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  190. No, there is a glimmer of light around that

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  191. What do you want to do with this? He said: Our religion is our religion. He said: It is nothing but an opinion that I have seen

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  192. If I told you that your mother is attacking you, would you believe me? right

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  193. So it made us wonder what this temptation is, and we say: What temptation is afflicting us, what is this? Until we saw it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  194. I hope that Othman and I will be among those whom Allah Almighty said: {And We will remove whatever hatred is in their breasts as brothers on beds facing each other} [Al-...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  195. On that day, I was on the right path, so I stood up to him, grabbed his arms, and turned his face to the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, and I looked away from his head, and he was...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  196. O people, accuse your opinion. By Allah, you saw me on the day of Abu Jandal. If I could refute the command of the Messenger of Allah, ﷺ, I would have refuted it. By Alla...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  197. He did not entrust us with a covenant to take us in the emirate, but it is something we saw before ourselves. If it is right, it is from Allah, and if it is wrong, then i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  198. Aisha is the wife of your Prophet, ﷺ, in this world and the hereafter, but she is a test you have been afflicted with

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  199. O people, accuse yourselves. We were with the Messenger of Allah, ﷺ, on the day of Hudaybiyyah. If we had seen fighting, we would have fought in the peace treaty that was...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  200. You do not know what they did after you

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  201. Sedition arose and the companions of the Messenger of Allah, ﷺ, were available

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  202. I entered upon the Messenger of Allah (may Allah’s prayers and peace be upon him) and Uthman was in his presence conversing with him. I did not recognize anything from hi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  203. Peace be upon you, mother. She said: And upon you, my son. He said: I said to her: What brought you out on us with the hypocrites of Quraysh? She said: It was fate

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  204. I hope that Talhah, Al-Zubair and I will be among those whom Allah Almighty said: “Brothers on beds facing each other” [Al-Hijr: 47].

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  205. If we are not them, then who are they?

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  206. Then he said: O Suleiman, by Allah, this was more hateful to the Commander of the Faithful than the blood of a Sunni woman. The Commander of the Faithful wanted something...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  207. O son of Sard, you hesitated, moved, and waited. How do you see Allah doing? I said: O Commander of the Faithful, this is a difficult time, and Allah has left some matter...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  208. If Othman had directed me to Sarar, I would have listened to him and obeyed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  209. By Allah, I wish I had never mentioned a word to Uthman, and that I had lived in this world with flawless leprosy, and that Uthman’s finger pointing to the sky was better...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  210. How are you when so much of this happens to you? No one answered him, so a man from the companions of the Messenger of Allah (may Allah’s prayers and peace be upon him) s...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  211. There will be division, strife, and disagreement. If that happens, break your sword, stay at home, and take a wooden sword.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  212. I witnessed the skulls, but I was not pierced with a spear, nor struck with a sword. I wished they had been cut off from here, but I had not witnessed it.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  213. The Messenger of Allah, ﷺ, did not entrust us with anything that he did not entrust to all people

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  214. Whoever was idle in that time, or took treasure or property out of fear of circles, will meet Allah Almighty on the Day of Resurrection greatly disappointed.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  215. A camel with a mask on that day is better than a camel yielding one hundred thousand

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  216. The best money on that day is a good weapon, and a good horse that the servant will ride wherever he goes

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  217. Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "There will come a time when the best property of a Muslim will be sheep which he will take to the tops of mounta...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  218. The happiest person in the face of temptation is the one who lives on the top of a mountain, isolated from the evils of people

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  219. The best people in turmoil are a man who takes the head of his horse and frightens the enemy, or a man who is isolated and performs Allah’s rights upon him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  220. The best people in times of turmoil are a man who eats from the droppings of his sword for the sake of Allah, and a man with a lofty head who eats from the messengers of ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  221. O people, make up your mind, for by Allah, we have never taken their lists to a matter that terrifies us without making it easy for us to do a matter we know except this ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  222. You do not know what they did after you

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  223. Al-Sufyani kills everyone who disobeys him, saws them, and cooks them in pots for six months. He said: And the two Easts and the two Wests will meet.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  224. After me, among the caliphs, there will be several captains of Musa

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  225. It has been narrated on the authority of Jabir b. Samura that the Prophet (ﷺ) said:This order will continue to be dominant until there have been twelve Caliphs. The narra...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  226. O Amer bin Wathilah, twelve caliphs from Kaab bin Luay, then Al-Naqaf and Al-Naqaf, the affairs of the people will not be united over an imam until the Hour comes.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  227. There will be twelve caliphs among you, Banu Ka'b

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  228. By Allah, after that, among us is the Assassin, the Mansour, and the Mahdi, who will hand it over to Jesus, son of Mary

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  229. After Othman, (may Allah be pleased with him), there will be twelve kings from the Umayyads, or even kings

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  230. I find in the Torah that this nation has twelve rabbis, one of whom is their prophet. When the number of days is completed, they transgress and transgress, and their evil...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  231. Allah Almighty bestowed upon Ishmael, peace be upon him, twelve leaders from his lineage, the best and last of whom were Abu Bakr, Omar, and Othman, (may Allah be pleased...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  232. I find in the Torah twelve rabbis

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  233. The first of this nation was prophecy and mercy, then a caliphate and mercy, then a gnawing and biting king, but there was mercy in it, then a bald-headed tyranny in whic...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  234. This matter began with prophecy and mercy, then it will be a caliphate and mercy, then it will be an oppressive kingdom. They will drink alcohol, wear silk, make private ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  235. The beginning of this nation is prophecy and mercy, then a caliphate and mercy, then a stubborn king, then it becomes coercion and futility.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  236. Allah began this matter on the day He began it with prophecy and mercy, then it returns to caliphate and mercy, then authority and mercy, then kingship and mercy, then it...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  237. The beginning of this nation is prophecy and mercy, then a caliphate and mercy, then authority and mercy, then a kingdom of tyranny. If that happens, then the interior of...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  238. This nation will still have a caliph who will gather them, and an established emirate, who will give livelihood and tribute until Jesus, the son of Mary, peace be upon hi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  239. There will be prophecy and mercy, then caliphate and mercy, then oppressive kingship, coercion, and corruption. They make private parts permissible, drink alcohol, and we...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  240. I am asking you about something, and be careful not to deny me, lest you destroy me and destroy yourselves. I adjure you by Allah: What do you find me in your books, am I...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  241. I ask you by Allah, O Kaab, do you find me a caliph or a king? He said: I said: Rather, a caliph, so he asked him to swear, and Ka’b said: A caliph, by Allah, one of the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  242. Hey Kaab, how do you find my epithet? He said: A caliph of a century of iron. Do not fear, for Allah’s sake, the blame of a blamer. Then a caliph who will be killed by hi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  243. There are three caliphs and the rest of them are kings: Abu Bakr, Omar, and Omar, if you live, you will reach him, and if he dies, he will come after you.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  244. Similar to it, and added to it: On the authority of Habib bin Hind Al-Aslami, on the authority of Saeed bin Al-Musayyab

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  245. Whoever enjoins what is right and forbids what is wrong, is the successor of Allah on earth, the successor of His Book, and the successor of the Messenger of Allah, ﷺ.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  246. There will not be a king following the Prophet, ﷺ

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  247. And this is how you find it in your book. Do you not find the Prophet, then the Caliph, then the Commander of the Faithful, then the kings after that? He said: Yes, yes...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  248. Caliphate in Medina, and kingship in the Sham (Greater Syria)

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  249. The caliphate after me will last for my nation for thirty years. Muhammad bin Yazid said in his hadith: They considered that to be the completion of Ali’s guardianship, s...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  250. There is no caliph who did not own the two mosques: the Grand Mosque and the Mosque of Jerusalem

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  251. There will be no caliphate after the campaign of the Umayyads until the Mahdi emerges

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  252. However, it was not a prophecy unless it was reincarnated until it became a kingdom

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  253. After Othman, (may Allah be pleased with him), there will be twelve kings from the Umayyads, or even kings

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  254. There was never a prophecy without a king after it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  255. There are three caliphs, and the rest of them are kings. It was said: Who are these three? He said: Abu Bakr, Omar, and Omar. He was told: We have known Abu Bakr and Omar...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  256. Similar to it, and he added to it on the authority of Habib bin Hind Al-Aslami, on the authority of Ibn Al-Musayyab

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  257. There was nothing good among your people. I said: Which of the Arabs will perish the fastest? He said: Your people. He said: I said: How is that? He said: Death makes the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  258. These people will succeed the caliphate after me

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  259. These people will succeed the caliphate after me

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  260. Give it to Abu Bakr, so he returned to Ali and told him. Ali said to him: Go back to him and ask him to whom will they pay it after Abu Bakr? So he asked him and he said:...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  261. Abu Bakr Al-Siddiq is yours, by your right. So the Bedouin turned around and Ali also met him and said: What did the Messenger of Allah say to you? He said: My right is t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  262. The righteous man is the Messenger of Allah, ﷺ, and these are the rulers of the matter after him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  263. Abu Bakr Al-Siddiq, you got his name right. Omar Al-Farouq, a horn of iron, you got his name right. Ibn Affan Dhul-Nour was killed unjustly. He was given two measures of ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  264. Abu Bakr Al-Siddiq, you have corrected his name. Omar Al-Farouq is a horn of iron. You have corrected his name. Othman Dhul-Nourin was given two guarantees of mercy becau...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  265. Abd al-Wahhab al-Thaqafi told us, on the authority of Hisham, on the authority of Ibn Sirin, on the authority of Uqba ibn Aws, on the authority of Abdullah ibn Amr, and s...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  266. You will not see anyone like them again

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  267. Next to you are Omar, Omar, Yazid, Yazid, Al-Walid, Al-Walid, Marwan, Marwan, Muhammad, and Muhammad. I heard Muhammad bin Fudail, on the authority of Al-Sari bin Ismail,...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  268. The caliph after him, Muawiyah, is your friend who sent you

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  269. The prince after him is the owner of the grey-haired mule

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  270. After the tyrants, there will be the Jaber, through whom Allah will force the nation of Muhammad, ﷺ, then the Mahdi, then Al-Mansour, then peace, then the prince of the p...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  271. Allah Almighty gave Ishmael, peace be upon him, twelve leaders from his blood, the best and best of them being Abu Bakr al-Siddiq, Omar ibn al-Khattab, and Uthman Dhul-No...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  272. The murderer lives for forty years. His name in the Torah is the Bird of Heaven

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  273. The affairs of this nation will be followed by successive successive successors, all of them righteous, and upon them all the lands will be opened. The first of them is J...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  274. A horn of iron that does not fear, for Allah’s sake, the blame of a blamer. Then there will be a caliph after you, and his nation will kill him for being unjust to him. T...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  275. You are right, yes, he has twelve kings, the first of them is a friend who dies, then Al-Farouq is killed, then Al-Amin is killed, then the head of the kings dies, then t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  276. This matter will take place in Medina, then in the Sham (Greater Syria), then in the Peninsula, then in Iraq, then in Medina, then in Bayt al-Maqdis. If it is in Bayt al-...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  277. The prophecy was revealed to me in three places: Mecca, Medina, and the Sham (Greater Syria). If I leave one of them, I will not return to it until the Day of Resurrectio...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  278. Mansour is the fifteenth caliph

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  279. Al-Mansour Mansour Bani Hashem

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  280. O people of Yemen, you say that Al-Mansur is one of you, but no, by the One in whose hand is my soul, he is my father’s Quraysh, and if he wished for me to attribute him ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  281. The peace that will come after Muawiyah

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  282. The murderer lives for forty years. His name in the Torah is the bird of the sky

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  283. The prince of the tribe is neither from a tribe nor a family, but they hear a voice that neither man nor jinn said: They pledged allegiance to so-and-so in his name. He i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  284. Days and nights do not pass until a man from Qahtan drives people away

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  285. Three of the sons of Abbas own it: Al-Mansour, Al-Mahdi, and Al-Saffah

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  286. After the Titans, there will be a man from my family who will fill the earth with justice, and then Al-Qahtani after him, and by the One who sent me with the truth, there...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  287. The imams are from the Quraysh, the best of them are the best, and the worst of them are the worst of them. After Quraysh, there is nothing but pre-Islamic times.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  288. Khoury and sweetheart the measure of your rituals, Zaali and Jumada, and I will give you my jewelery and Mahrazi, with the thorns of Ad, you will be with you. Hijra is li...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  289. For the donkeys of merchants

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  290. There will be a man from my descendants with a fair face, and he will fill it with justice. Nafi’ said: I do not think he is anyone but Omar bin Abdul Aziz.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  291. I saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ in sleep, and with him were Abu Bakr, Omar, Uthman, and Ali (may Allah be pleased with him), and he said to me: Come closer to him, so I ap...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  292. A Jew met me and informed me that Omar bin Abdul Aziz would take care of this matter and would rectify it. Then he met me after that and said to me: Your friend has been ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  293. How do you find me? He said: We find that you have a horn of iron. He said: What is a horn of iron? He said: Strong and intense. Omar said: Praise be to Allah. He said: W...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  294. Allah Almighty did not send a prophecy, nor did He place a caliphate or a kingdom except among the people of villages and civilization. They did not aspire to place it am...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  295. Give it after Omar to Othman

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  296. After Omar Ibn Affan, then Muawiyah and his son

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  297. Damrah told us, on the authority of Ibn Shudhab, on the authority of Abu Al-Minhal, on the authority of Abu Ziyad, on the authority of Ka’b, similar to that.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  298. A caliph who will be killed by his nation for being unjust to him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  299. After Omar: Al-Amin, meaning Othman, then the head of kings, meaning Muawiyah

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  300. May Allah have mercy on Othman, may Allah have mercy on Othman

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  301. After him is Muawiyah, your friend who sent you

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  302. The prince after him is the owner of the grey-haired mule

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  303. Nights and days will not pass until the affairs of this nation unite against Muawiyah

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  304. I am fighting for what is right, so that he may arise, but he will not arise, and the matter is theirs. He said: So I said to my companions: Why are we standing here? He ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  305. Perhaps a boy from Quraysh would suffice for her, and the Messenger of Allah ﷺ tempted a disobedient with him to the shoulder of Muawiyah.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  306. O Companions of the Messenger of Allah, seek advice from one another, for if you do not do so, you will be defeated by it, meaning the caliphate, like Amr bin Al-Aas and ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  307. By Allah, I see that he was faking it, meaning Muawiyah during the era of Abu Bakr and Omar, (may Allah be pleased with them), meaning for the caliphate.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  308. I am astonished by our brothers, the Umayyads, that our call is the call of believers, and their call is the call of hypocrites, and they support us.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  309. Muawiyah will appear before you. People must have a righteous or immoral prince

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  310. Ibn al-Zarqa is the destruction of my entire nation at his hands and the hands of his descendants

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  311. May Allah curse this man and what is in his core, {except those who believe and do righteous deeds, and they are few}

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  312. Every nation has a scourge, and the scourge of this nation is the Umayyads

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  313. Everything has a scourge that spoils it, and the scourge of this religion is the Umayyads

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  314. When the Umayyads reached forty, they took the servants of Allah as horses, Allah’s wealth as trees, and the Book of Allah as jungle.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  315. The destruction of this nation at the hands of Aghailamah from Quraish. Hammad told us, and Ammar bin Abi Ammar told me. He heard Abu Hurairah say: The destruction of thi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  316. If the sons of al-Hakam reached thirty men, they would take the wealth of Allah Almighty among them as countries, and His servants as horses, and His Book as jungles? Ibn...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  317. He is Al-Wazagh ibn Al-Wazzagh, Al-Ma’mun ibn Al-Ma’mun

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  318. Your affairs will be handled by young men from the Quraysh, who will be like the heifers sitting on the stalls. If they let go, they will eat what is in front of them, an...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  319. The people of my household will be severely killed by my nation after me, and the people who hate us the most are the Banu Umayyah and the Banu Mughirah from the Banu Mak...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  320. Hush me until I die? Banu Umayyad, Thaqif, and Banu Hanafiya

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  321. Four of the Umayyad tribe were ruled by one man: Suleiman bin Abdul Malik, Hisham, Yazid, and Al-Walid

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  322. There will be a man named Al-Walid who will fill any corner of Hell, or one of its corners

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  323. Next are Omar and Omar, and Yazid and Yazid, and Al-Walid and Al-Walid, and Marwan and Marwan, and Muhammad and Muhammad

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  324. If the people have a cross-haired caliph, then if you are able to leave Egypt to the Sham (Greater Syria), then do so, and that is before the caliphate of Hisham.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  325. Allah destroyed her in hell

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  326. There will be four heretics from the Quraysh. His father said: I heard Saeed bin Khalid mentioning something similar on the authority of Ibn Abi Zakaria. Then he said: He...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  327. Saeed bin Khaled told me, on the authority of Makhoul, on the authority of the Prophet ﷺ, and Saeed bin Khaled, on the authority of Ibn Abi Zakaria, on the authority of t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  328. You named him after the names of your pharaohs, so that there will be in this nation a man called Al-Walid. He is more evil to this nation than Pharaoh was to his people....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  329. There will be a liar and a liar in Thaqif. As for the liar, we know him, and as for the liar, you are. He said: Yes, I am the liar of the hypocrites.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  330. Three people will emerge from Thaqif: Al-Kadhab, Al-Dhayal, and Al-Mubir. As for Al-Kadhab, he has passed away, and as for Al-Mubair, you are Al-Mubair. She said: As for ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  331. There will be a man from my descendants with a fair face and he will fill it with justice. Nafi’ said: I do not think he is anyone but Omar bin Abdul Aziz.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  332. Perhaps you are the bravest of the Umayyads

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  333. After Othman, (may Allah be pleased with him), there will be twelve kings from the Umayyads, or even kings

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  334. I advise you to stay in your homes, for this matter will happen to a man from the Umayyads who will follow you for twenty-two years, then he will die, and then after him ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  335. He had been killed for two months, so Marwan jumped up angrily to go to Uthman, but they did not stop him until he stopped him. Abdullah bin Qais said to Al-Zuhri: This k...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  336. Ka'b did not tell me anything in my authority except that I found it as he said, except for this, for he told me that a man from Thaqif would kill me, so he showed me tha...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  337. The temptation of Ibn al-Zubayr is one of the worst temptations

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  338. You wander with your heads and do not know what the souls have become

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  339. I am more afraid that they will miss me than that they will be harmed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  340. Oh Allah, do not return it. A time will soon come upon people when death will be more beloved to the world than red gold

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  341. Scarcity has destroyed him, and I am miserable with a bad environment, because it is easier for me to pursue an upright mountain than to pursue a deferred kingdom.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  342. The tribulation of the sleeper will be better than the one who is lying down, and the one who is lying down will be better than the one who is sitting, and the one who is...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  343. Beware of temptations, no one detects them, for by Allah, no one detects them except that they destroy him as a flood destroys them. They are suspected of coming until th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  344. Narrated Abu Hurairah: The Prophet (ﷺ) as saying: Woe to Arabs because of evil which has drawn near! He will escape who restrains his hand

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  345. I know of a trial that is about to be like the one before it, like a rabbit's blow, and I know the way out of it is to hold my hand until someone comes to kill me.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  346. There are two groups of Muslims, I don't care which one I recognized you, they were killed by ignorance

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  347. When temptation approaches, it becomes suspicious, and when it returns, it spreads. And temptation is fertilized by contentions and produced by complaints, so do not stir...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  348. When temptation approaches, it becomes suspicious, and when it turns away, it becomes apparent

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  349. Unsheath the sword

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  350. You enter your house, then you close your door. Whoever comes to you, say thus, will be guilty of my iniquity and your iniquity

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  351. Beware of temptations, for the tongue in them is like the impact of a sword

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  352. The temptation was caused by three people: against Al-Jad Al-Nahrir, who does not want anything to happen to him except to suppress him with the sword, on the orator who ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  353. Beware of two groups fighting over this world, for they will drag you into Hell

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  354. Narrated Hudhaifa bin Al-Yaman:The people used to ask Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) about the good but I used to ask him about the evil lest I should be overtaken by them. So I s...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  355. Al-Awza’i said, and Ibn Atiya told us, on the authority of Hudhayfah bin Al-Yaman, on the authority of the Prophet (may Allah’s prayers and peace be upon him) similar to ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  356. You must adhere to the group and the imam of the group, so flee from all of these groups, even if death overtakes you while you are biting a tree trunk

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  357. If you find a successor for Allah on earth that day, adhere to him, even if he strikes your back and takes your money. Otherwise, flee on earth until death comes to you w...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  358. My friend and your cousin advised me that there will be strife, division, and disagreement, so if that happens, break your sword, stay in your house, and take a wooden sw...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  359. I witnessed the skulls, but I was not stabbed with a spear or struck with a sword. I wished that they had been cut off from here, meaning his hands, but I had not witness...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  360. Do not give them power over us until they tempt us and tempt us

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  361. Praise be to Allah who saved me from this temptation. By Allah, I was not shot with an arrow, nor stabbed with a spear, nor was I hit with a sword. Abu Qilabah said: So I...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  362. A man from the Sham (Greater Syria) carried a burden on a man of Ali’s companions on the day of Siffin, and he went down to him to slaughter him. He said: So I tightened ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  363. Do not be deceived by what you see, for these people are about to renounce their religion just as a woman renounces her love, so if they do that, then you should do what ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  364. I see you standing, Abu Dharr. How will you be, Abu Dharr, if they expel you from Medina? He said: I will come to the Holy Land. He said: What if they expel you from it? ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  365. The mill of the Arabs will turn twenty-five after the death of its Prophet ﷺ, then a strife will arise in which there will be killing and fighting, so I will hold your ha...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  366. The mill of the Arabs will turn after the death of its Prophet after twenty-five years, and then a strife will spread in which there will be killing and fighting, so I ho...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  367. No one is saved from its evil except the one who prays, such as the supplication of drowning. The happiest of its people is every secret pious person, who if he appears i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  368. It will be a trial from which only those who are not afflicted by her wealth will be saved, and whoever is afflicted by her wealth is like one who is afflicted by her blo...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  369. The happiest people in it are everything that is hidden. If it appears, it is not known, and if it sits, it is not missed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  370. You will turn to disbelief, for the believer on that day is the one who sits in his house, and the unbeliever is the one who draws his sword and sheds the blood of his br...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  371. Whoever dies and does not associate anything with Allah, and does not shed any forbidden blood, will enter through any gates of Paradise he wishes

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  372. There is no opponent more hateful to me to meet on the Day of Resurrection than a man who comes with his veins dripping with blood, detains me at the scales of justice, a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  373. Let none of you meet Allah on the Day of Resurrection with a palm full of the blood of a man who says: There is no god but Allah. For whoever prays the dawn prayer is und...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  374. Yes, he said: Even if he was Ibn Uthman, would you block me for him? He said: Yes, he said: “I hope that I and Othman will be among those whom Allah Almighty said: {And W...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  375. Let any one of you fear Allah, and let nothing come between him and Paradise after he looks at its gates with a handful of Muslim blood spilled by him.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  376. Nothing will come between any of you and Paradise after he has looked at its gates, filled with a handful of Muslim blood that he has spilled

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  377. If a calamity befalls, and your money is given instead of your debt, then the ruined is the one whose religion is ruined, and the robbed is the one whose religion is robb...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  378. Oh Allah, hold the killers of Uthman to their throats today

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  379. The one in the Sham (Greater Syria), meaning Marwan, by Allah, fights only for the sake of this world, and the one in Mecca, meaning Ibn al-Zubayr, by Allah, fights only ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  380. Imams will rise up against you that you know about and you deny. Whoever denies is saved, and whoever hates it is saved. But whoever is satisfied and follows it, as for w...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  381. As for as long as they perform prayer, no

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  382. The worst of your imams are those whom you hate and they hate you, and you curse them and they curse you, as long as they establish prayer among you, no. Except for the o...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  383. Get used to being patient before calamity befalls you, for it will not befall you more severely than what befell us with the Messenger of Allah, ﷺ.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  384. O Abu Dhar, how do you do if people are hungry so that you cannot get from your bed to your mosque, and from your mosque to your bed? You come from whomever you are. You ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  385. O my nephew, come back and sit in your house until Allah brings His command, for I have no need to shed blood

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  386. My princes began to give me the choice of staying on what my nose forced me to do, and making my face ugly, or taking my sword and fighting and killing, then entering the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  387. Do not be deceived by what you see and people returning to the mosque, for these people are about to abandon their religion, just as a woman abandons her kiss. If they do...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  388. Enjoining good and forbidding evil is good, and it is not Sunnah to raise weapons against your imam

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  389. Perhaps you will remain until you realize the temptation, so listen and obey, and if there is an Abyssinian slave against you, if he hits you, then be patient, or if he d...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  390. O people, do not kill Othman, for by the One in whose hand is my soul, no nation has ever killed its prophet so that Allah would rectify their affairs until they shed the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  391. When you put your sword down, I decided against you, because what you want is my soul, so I will protect the believers today with myself

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  392. By the one who split the grain and created the breeze, I did not kill him, nor did I order him to be killed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  393. I intend to attack everyone who thought I had a right over him when he left me. Marwan became angry and threw the sword from his hand until it impacted the wall. Al-Mughi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  394. I saw Othman (may Allah be pleased with him) after he was killed, the best I had ever seen, wearing white clothes, so I said: O Commander of the Faithful, which matters d...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  395. I did not order the killing of Othman, nor did I like him, but my cousins ​​accused me, so I sent to apologize, but they refused to accept, so they refused to accept, so ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  396. Oh Allah, disgrace the killers of Othman today

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  397. Fight the polytheists with it as long as you fight them. If you see my nation striking one another, bring it to someone and strike it until it breaks, then sit in your ho...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  398. There will be strife and disunity, so strike with your sword the honor of someone, and break your arrow, and cut it down, and leave it, and sit in your house, for I have ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  399. O Khaled bin Arafta, there will be events, strife, and disagreement. If you can be the one killed and not be the killer, then do so

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  400. I was reading this verse {Then on the Day of Resurrection you will dispute before your Lord} [Al-Zumar: 31] and I thought that it was among the People of the Book, until ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  401. He will ask you what is behind your friend? So say: He says to you: By Allah, if I were in a lion’s den, I would love to be with you in it, but this is something I did no...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  402. The best provision is what is sufficient, and the best is hidden remembrance

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  403. I was a man from the people of Mecca, and I had my birth, my home, and my money. I did not stay there until Allah Almighty sent His Prophet, ﷺ. So I believed in him and f...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  404. O Abu Abd al-Rahman, you are an obedient man among the people of the Sham (Greater Syria), and I see a turmoil boiling its cauldrons, so go, I have commanded you against ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  405. May Allah have mercy on Abdullah bin Omar, or Abu Abdul Rahman. By Allah, I believe that during the time of the Prophet, ﷺ, to which he was entrusted, he was not tempted ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  406. These are our books, we have finished them. Ride with them to the people of the Sham (Greater Syria). I implore you by Allah, and I implore you to Islam. By Allah, you wi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  407. It is preferable to die in Islam before temptation

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  408. As for the swelling on his neck, no, but he pledged allegiance while he was unwilling, so the people jumped on him until they almost killed him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  409. Yes, if you want, go with us. They said: If you go with people, we fear that he will give up on you. So he said: I am not the one who wants what you want.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  410. The Sultan is not speaking today

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  411. The most truthful hadith is the Book of Allah, the best guidance is the guidance of Muhammad, and the worst matters are those that are newly invented. So Ibn Masoud said:...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  412. No, by Allah, I will not pledge allegiance to you while you put your swords on your shoulders, and any of you sheds the blood of Muslims.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  413. Whoever fights under the blind banner of fanaticism, or supports fanaticism, or calls for fanaticism, and is killed, then he is killed by ignorance, and whoever revolts a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  414. Ibn Mubarak told us, on the authority of Sufyan, on the authority of Yunus, on the authority of Ghailan bin Jarir, and the like

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  415. Leaving Islam

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  416. It was narrated from Sunabih Al-Ahmasi that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:“I shall reach the Cistern (Haud) before you, and I will boast of your great numbers before th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  417. Look, the happiest people were when Uthman (may Allah be pleased with him) was killed, so they followed the example of this Ibn Umar, with the palm of his hand

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  418. The demise of the entire world is easier for Allah than the blood of a Muslim person shed unjustly

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  419. I am not more worthy of the caliphate in this shirt than I am, and I am not the one I am fighting until I am brought with a sword that distinguishes a believer from an in...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  420. The Messenger of Allah ﷺ mentioned that there is a trial before the Hour, then Abu Musa said: By the One in whose hand is my soul, you and I have no way out of it if we r...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  421. What do you think, if a son of Moses had requested that he be buried with his father and he was prevented, would they not have been wronged? I said: Yes, he said: This is...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  422. The nights and days would not pass until the affairs of this nation were gathered around a man with a large stature and a large mouth, who ate without being satisfied, an...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  423. This son of mine is a master, and through his hands Allah will reconcile two great groups of Muslims

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  424. O Abu Al-Hasan, by Allah, if you had taken the lion’s blade, you would have taken his other blade with you until we all perished or we all survived. As for this matter th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  425. Which of the two groups did you fight with, and you were killed in a flash

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  426. Stop this sheikh. Do not kill him, for only a little thing remains for him. I swear to Allah, if you kill him, Allah Almighty will draw his sword and not sheath it until ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  427. Yes, they said: We fear for you, and we all stand with you. He said: So stand up with Allah’s blessing. They said: We fear, and we all carry weapons. He said: As for this...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  428. I am not happy that I am one of the seventy of Uthman’s killers and that I have the world and everything in it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  429. By Allah, I did not kill Othman, nor did I order his killing

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  430. When the strife of Othman (may Allah be pleased with him) occurred, a man said to his family: Bind me with iron, for I am crazy. When Othman was killed, he said: Leave me...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  431. Do not return astray after me, striking the necks of one another

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  432. I have fought since I know jihad, and I will not fight until you bring me a sword that has two eyes, a tongue, and two lips, and he says: This is a believer, and this is ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  433. Narrated Abu Musa:The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Whoever takes up arms against us, is not from us

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  434. It prevents me from the fact that Allah Almighty has forbidden the blood of my Muslim brother to me. We fought until there was no strife and the religion was for Allah. Y...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  435. O Abu Dharr, did you see that people were killed until the stones of oil drowned in blood? What are you doing? You enter your house, you will come from whomever you are, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  436. One of the greatest people about me is the singing of a man with the palm of his hand and his weapon

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  437. O Abu Hurairah, would you please kill all people and me with them? By Allah, if you killed one man, it would be as if you had killed all of mankind. By Allah, do not shed...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  438. It was narrated that Abu Sa’eed said:“The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said, during the Farewell Pilgrimage: ‘Is not the most sacred of your days this day, is not the most sacr...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  439. A man is still within the scope of his religion as long as he does not shed unlawful blood. If he shed unlawful blood, his modesty is removed from him.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  440. We find Othman (may Allah be pleased with him) in the Book of Allah Almighty as a leader against the traitor and the murderer

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  441. I intend to treat everyone who sees that I have obedience and obedience to him except the palm of his hand and his weapon, for the best of you is better than me than the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  442. There will be temptations on earth, so let one of you protect his house, for no one will be exposed to it except his offspring

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  443. Yes, he said: Kill so-and-so and so-and-so, three of his companions. He said: I said: Did they not pray the morning prayer? He said: Yes, he said: I said: No, by Allah, t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  444. He did not prepare to fight any of the people of the qibla except to fight Najda al-Haruri when he feared that they would repel him from the House.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  445. Oh Allah, I absolve you from the blood of Othman

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  446. He fights with this excrement, meaning two groups of Muslims, killed by pre-Islamic times

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  447. They made me sit, and they made him sit. He raised his hands and then said: Oh Allah, I bear witness that I did not command, nor did I associate, nor did I consent. He sa...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  448. And I curse the killers of Uthman. May Allah curse them in the plain and in the mountains. He said it two or three times. Then Ibn al-Hanafiyyah turned to us and said: As...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  449. It was narrated from Abu Musa Al-Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:“Before the Hour comes, there will be tribulation like pieces of black night, when a man wil...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  450. By Allah, if you kill him, you will never pray together, and you will never strive together, and you will never perform Hajj together, and you will never answer fayyah to...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  451. It is as if these people had gone out in the slightest temptation, so when you meet them in it, be like the best of the sons of Adam

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  452. By Allah, I did not command, by Allah, I did not associate, nor did I kill, nor did I approve

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  453. Don't you go back in error after me, striking the necks of one another, so that the witnesses among you may reach those who are absent. Verily, your blood, your money, an...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  454. To me, the most detestable people are a group of people whose stomachs are full of money and whose backs are thin because of their blood

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  455. Narrated Abu Hurairah: The Prophet (ﷺ) as saying: Woe to Arabs because of evil which has drawn near! He will escape who restrains his hand

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  456. As for fighting, no

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  457. Indeed, Allah’s command will come to pass, even if people hate it. I would not like to have from the nation of Muhammad ﷺ the weight of a mustard seed, with a cupful of b...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  458. If you have an imam who works according to the Book of Allah and the Sunnah of the Messenger of Allah, then fight with your imam, and if you have an imam who does not wor...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  459. A people whose affairs are governed by a woman will not succeed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  460. Some men will rise up to me while I am on the basin, until when they recognize me and I recognize them, they will stand apart from me, and I will say: O Lord, my friends....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  461. This is on the right path on that day. He said: So I stood up and took hold of his shoulders, lowered his head, and turned his face to the Messenger of Allah ﷺ and said: ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  462. There is no soul that is killed unjustly but that the first son of Adam was responsible for it because he was the first to enact killing

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  463. A handful of her blood

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  464. Why did you kill him? So he says: O Lord, I killed him so that the honor might belong to so-and-so. He said: So he says: It is not his, do your work. The man comes and ta...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  465. A man remains within the scope of his religion as long as his palm is clean of blood, so if he dips his hand in forbidden blood, his modesty is removed from him.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  466. Whoever kills a covenanter in a wrong way, Allah will forbid him Paradise

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  467. It was narrated from Abu Musa Al-Ash’ari that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:“Before the Hour comes, there will be tribulation like pieces of black night, when a man wil...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  468. Whoever prays the morning prayer will be in the vicinity of Allah until the evening, and whoever prays the afternoon prayer will be in the vicinity of Allah until the mor...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  469. Ibn al-Zubayr, Najda, and al-Hajjaj were swarming in the fire, like flies swarming in the broth. If he heard the caller, he would rush to him.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  470. Oh Allah, I seek refuge in You from the evil that Quraysh has done

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  471. Yes, he said: So send to so-and-so and so-and-so and behead them. Ibn Abbas said: Did they pray the morning prayer today? He said: Yes. He said: There is no way for them....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  472. Beware of temptation, no one identifies it, for by Allah, no one is diagnosed with it except that it blows him up just as a torrent blows him up. It resembles an approach...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  473. The temptation of Ibn al-Zubayr is one of the few tribulations of temptation, and the applied retaliation remains. Whoever is most honorable to it, it will be honorable t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  474. I know of a trial that is about to be like the one before it, like a rabbit’s burrow, and I know the way out of it is to hold my hand until someone comes to kill me.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  475. To you, to you. I did not stay with him until he left. By Allah, I remember that enemy of mine after I have slept, and it prevents me from sleeping for the rest of my nig...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  476. To you, to you. He said: The Shami refused except to make peace with him. When Abu Saeed saw that, he threw down the sword and said: {If you extend your hand to me to kil...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  477. By Allah, I did not kill or command, but I was victorious

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  478. Do not strike his neck. He said: The prince orders me? He said: If the prince orders you, do not obey him. He said: If he strikes my neck, he said: Then be the one whose ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  479. Narrated Ibn `Abbas:The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Beware! Do not renegade as (disbelievers) after me by striking (cutting) the necks of one another

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  480. People became disbelievers after you. This is Ibn al-Zubayr and the people of the Sham (Greater Syria) are killing each other

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  481. Woe to you this whole day

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  482. I do not like that I shot Othman with an arrow, wanting to kill him, nor that I had as much gold as Uhud

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  483. No people stirred up sedition except that they were its islands

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  484. Whoever helps in killing a Muslim with half a word will come on the Day of Resurrection with written between his eyes: Deprived of Allah’s mercy

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  485. The example of people in strife is like a people who were on a journey and darkness enveloped them, so some of them rose up and some of them behaved arrogantly, and they ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  486. Shall I not inform you of the cure for strife? Indeed, Allah does not permit during it anything that He had prohibited before. So what about one of you asking permission ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  487. Why do I and my leadership fight? So he returned and entered the house, and what I know is that he left after that until he was killed. Muhammad said: The strife occurred...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  488. Why do they make killing me lawful? Killing is only lawful for three: whoever disbelieves after believing, who commits adultery after chastity, or who kills a soul for ot...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  489. By Allah, people will be killed in Othman who are today in the loins of their fathers who have not yet been born

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  490. When Cain killed his brother Abel, Allah distorted his mind and deprived him of his heart, so he remained lost until he died.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  491. No, they did not pray, they did not pray

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  492. You will see things that you deny, so be patient and do not change and do not say we will change until Allah Almighty is the changer.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  493. Fear the Sultan by fearing him, for the Sultan’s term is only one day remaining, and on that day the man and his family will perish. Removing an upright mountain is easie...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  494. Whoever helps in killing a Muslim with half a word will come on the Day of Resurrection with written between his eyes: He is hopeless of Allah’s mercy, except that Jesus ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  495. No, by Allah, we do not know of Ali’s involvement in killing Othman secretly or publicly, but he was a leader and the people were terrified of him, so he was appointed to...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  496. By Allah, if you overtake me and you, I do not know for you or me a way out of it according to what our Prophet (may Allah’s prayers and peace be upon him) covenanted wit...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  497. There is no way out for you or me if we have reached it except to leave it as we entered it. This is how our Prophet, ﷺ, entrusted us.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  498. Narrated Abu Huraira:Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "There will be afflictions (in the near future) during which a sitting person will be better than a standing one, and the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  499. There will be tribulations, so stay on the ground, and let one of you guard his house, for no one will be exposed to it unless you want him to.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  500. There will come a time when a man will have to choose between impotence and immorality. Whoever realizes this should choose impotence over immorality

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  501. A time will come upon people when the believer will be more humiliated than the female slave, the most deceitful among them, the one who tempts the foxes with his religio...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  502. The best of people on that day is a believer who secludes himself in a mountainous area, fears his Lord and shuns people from his evil

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  503. A time will come upon the people from which no one will be saved except the one who prays like the prayer of drowning

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  504. Similar to it. Al-A’mash said, on the authority of Ibrahim, on the authority of Hammam bin Al-Harith, on the authority of Hudhayfah, similar to it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  505. The best people in turmoil are black people who graze on the tops of the mountains and in the countryside, and the worst people in it are every rider in a place, and ever...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  506. A man may be in temptation or from temptation, and what he is from

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  507. It was narrated from Anas bin Malik that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:“Islam began as something strange and will go back to being strange, so glad tidings to the stran...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  508. While a man was in Egypt during the turmoil of Ibn al-Zubayr, he was making jokes on the ground when a man stood up to him and said to him: What are you talking about, in...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  509. Whoever realizes the temptation, let him break his leg, and if it is forced, let him break the other

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  510. If the people of truth prevail over the people of falsehood, then you are not in temptation

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  511. The best people in turmoil are a man who takes the head of his horse and frightens the enemy, or a man who is isolated and performs Allah’s rights upon him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  512. The best people in turmoil are a man who eats from the droppings of his sword in the name of Allah, and a man on a high mountain who eats from the messengers of his sheep...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  513. The happy one is the one who avoids temptations, and the one who is afflicted with some of it and has a patient mouth and then loses it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  514. A time will come upon the people when a man will have to choose between incapacity and immorality. Whoever of you realizes that, let him choose incapacity over immorality...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  515. Let the man among you choose between inability and immorality. Whoever among you realizes that, let him choose inability over immorality

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  516. A time will come upon the people when the believer will be more humiliated than the nation, and the believer will tempt himself with his religion like foxes

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  517. A time will come upon people when their homes are best in the desert

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  518. The people have dispersed from me, and these people have invited me to safety, so what do you see? If you went out to revive the Book of Allah and the Sunnah of His Proph...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  519. The temptation of Ibn al-Zubayr is one of the few tribulations of temptation, and the applied retaliation remains. Whoever is most honorable to it, it will be honorable t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  520. This matter remains among the Umayyads as long as they do not differ among themselves

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  521. It is up to them to kill their dead person and compete among themselves. If that is the case, Allah will send against them people from the East who will kill them indiscr...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  522. These people will continue to adhere to this matter as long as they do not disagree among themselves. If they disagree among themselves, you will leave them and will not ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  523. The people will remain in the dark about their affairs until one of four things befell them: Allah casts arrows among them, or the black banners come from the east and de...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  524. This matter will continue among the Umayyads as long as two spears do not disagree between them. If two spears disagree between them, I will leave them until the Day of R...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  525. The Banu Umayyads reigned for a hundred years, and the Banu Marwan had sixty-odd years of that. Their dominion will not go until they take it away with their own hands. T...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  526. A young caliph will come over the people. He pledges allegiance to his two sons. He is killed in Damascus treacherously, and the people disagree after him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  527. If a caliph is killed in the Sham (Greater Syria), spilled blood will still be forbidden, and an imam will not be forbidden until the command of Allah comes

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  528. If the Quraysh killed their two lambs, Allah would tempt the enmity between them until there would not remain any arrogant person or leader who would not be killed, and t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  529. Indeed, the tribulation I fear most for you is the tribulation of the Umayyads. Indeed, it is a blind and dark tribulation

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  530. If the young caliph from the Umayyad tribe was killed unjustly between the Sham (Greater Syria) and Iraq, then it would still be a disdainful act of obedience and blood s...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  531. If the people have a cross-haired caliph, then if you are able to leave Egypt to the Sham (Greater Syria), then do so. He said: This was before the caliphate of Hisham....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  532. If a man from the family of Marwan, called Al-Walid, is appointed as successor, then the caliphate of the Umayyads will be cut off, and a man called Al-Walid bin Yazid wi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  533. The disappearance of the authority of the Banu Umayyads: If a boy among them was appointed as successor and then was killed, and his mother was killed with him, then thei...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  534. This matter will continue among the Umayyads until four people rule them, all of them descended from a man: Suleiman bin Abdul Malik, Hisham, Yazid, and Al-Walid.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  535. If the sons of Al-Hakam reached four hundred and ninety-nine, their destruction would be faster than that of Luke Tamra

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  536. I would not like to wear these sandals for what remains of the world after the departure of the Umayyads

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  537. After the death of Hisham, there will be a young man among them who gives people gifts that no one had given before him. A man from his family, secret and unmentioned, ap...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  538. Hisham dies, then a boy from his family is killed, then the one who comes from the direction of the island, and Suleiman bin Hisham on that day in the island is killed, a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  539. The affliction of the Umayyads will continue to be severe, until Allah sends the people like the autumn raindrops. They will come from all over the world, and they will n...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  540. There will be a strife in the Sham (Greater Syria) in which blood will be shed, family ties will be severed, and money will be wasted, then the East will follow

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  541. After his death, there will be a man who will carry out a woman’s pregnancy and wean her child, and another will rule, and nothing will exist until he dies. Then a man wi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  542. The last caliph from the Umayyad tribe whose rule would not last for two years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  543. I find in the Torah twelve kings, the first of whom is Siddiq, then Al-Farouq, then Al-Amin, then the head of kings, then the owner of the guards, then Jabbar, then the o...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  544. I was in Homs when Marwan besieged Homs for four months or so ، Until hunger and thirst overcame them ، Those in it were so fed up that they wanted to reconcile with him ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  545. I have heard that the black flags emerge from Khurasan, and when they land at the Khorasan obstacle, they land denying Islam, and only the banners of the foreigners from ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  546. No, their temptation will not defeat them unless the black flags come out. If the black flags come out, then their evil will be reduced

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  547. If you see the boys of the people of Khorasan, you will bear her sin and we will bear her righteousness

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  548. A black flag emerges from Khorasan for the Abbasids

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  549. He dominates the world by Laka’ bin Laka’. Abd al-Razzaq said: Muammar said: He is Abu Muslim

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  550. Spare me from this, O Commander of the Faithful. How excellent the people of Khurasan are, and Banu Umayyad from Banu Hashim have gores, and Banu Hashim from Banu Umayyah...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  551. If the black flags come out, the beginning of it is strife, the middle of it is misguidance, and the end of it is disbelief

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  552. What do I have to do with the sons of Abbas? They made my nation Shiite and dressed them in black clothes. Allah dressed them in the clothes of Hell.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  553. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:“By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, this world will not pass away until a man will pass by a grav...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  554. Hudhaifah bin Al-Yaman narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:"The Hour will not be established until the happiest of people in the world is Luka' bin Luka

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  555. Black flags of Banu Abbas will emerge from the East, then they will remain as long as Allah wills, then small black flags will emerge from a man from the descendants of A...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  556. Woe to the Arabs after the hundred and twenty-five, woe to them from the great chaos of the wings, and what are the wings, and woe in the wings are the winds that blow, a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  557. Woe to the Arabs after the hundred and twenty-five for the evil that has approached, the wings and what wings, woe and the brick in the wings, the wind of the back of its...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  558. What do I have to do with the sons of Abbas? They took my nation to their knees, shed their blood, and dressed them in black clothes. Allah dressed them in the clothes of...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  559. So he told us about the Umayyads, even mentioning the emergence of Marwan. Then after Marin, who emerges from the Jazira, will come black flags. They will pour down upon ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  560. After the strife of the Eastern Sham (Greater Syria), there will be the destruction of the kings and the humiliation of the Arabs, until the people of the Maghreb leave...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  561. Woe to my nation of two Shiites: the Shiites of Bani Umayyah, the Shiites of Bani Abbas, and the banner of misguidance

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  562. Days will not pass until black flags are issued to Banu Abbas from the East

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  563. Abdullah said, “And my father told me, on the authority of Amr bin Shuaib, on the authority of his father, on the authority of his grandfather, on the authority of the Pr...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  564. Black banners will come from the East, led by men like majestic ships, men of honor, whose lineages are villages, and whose names are nicknames. They will conquer the cit...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  565. They enter Damascus with great black banners, and there they fight a great battle. Their motto is: Baksh Baksh

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  566. When it reached the year one hundred and twenty-nine, and the swords of the Umayyads clashed, and the donkey of the Peninsula leaped and conquered the Sham (Greater Syria...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  567. After them will come the owners of the black banners, and their command and duration will prolong until the pledge of allegiance to two of them is given. When they come t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  568. I will tell you, I know why he hated it. Rather, it was revealed about a man from his family called Abd al-Ilah, or Abdullah, who descended on a river from the rivers of ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  569. Woe to the nation of Muhammad from the people of this abode until the black banners emerge from Khorasan

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  570. Black banners of the Abbasids will appear until they descend on the Sham (Greater Syria), and Allah will kill at their hands every stubborn tyrant or enemy of theirs. Ada...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  571. Two banners will emerge from the Abbasids, one of which has the beginning of victory and the end of which is a burden. They will not help it, but Allah will not help it. ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  572. These are people who come from the East alone, carrying black banners with the words “Your Covenant and Pledge of Allegiance” written on their banners, and “in us” with i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  573. If you see the black flags, stay on the ground and do not move your hands or feet. Then a people will appear who are weak and uncaring, whose hearts are like iron rods. T...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  574. A man emerges from the peninsula and tramples on the people, and sheds blood. Then a man emerges from Khorasan after killing his brother from Banu Hashim, called Abdullah...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  575. The people of Syria were happiest with the emergence of the black flags, the people of Homs, and the people of Damascus were most miserable because of them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  576. If you hear of people coming from the East who are clever, and the people admire their appearance, then the Hour has overshadowed you

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  577. Do not be arrogant towards you, for by the One in whose hand is my soul, if the world were one day, Allah would lengthen that day until the caliphate would be for Banu Ha...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  578. After the destruction of the Umayyads, the bringer of beasts will come, and the people of the earth will gather to him from its four corners, and Allah will punish this n...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  579. Persia, I saw them in this city, sitting, huddled in circles, talking, saying: Muslims will appear on the people of this land, and Allah will open for them the treasures ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  580. A man from the people of the East comes out calling for the family of Muhammad, and he is the farthest of people from them. He sets up black signs, the first of which is ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  581. The Banu Umayyad will continue to remain steadfast in their affairs until the black banners emerge from the East and make them permissible

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  582. A black flag will emerge from Khorasan and will remain visible until their destruction comes from where it began from Khorasan

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  583. Their destruction is where it began

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  584. Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah(s.a.w) said:"Black standards will come from Khurasan, nothing shall turn them back until they are planted in Jerusalem...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  585. Iraq will soon be in a state of war, the Sham (Greater Syria) will be torn to pieces, and Egypt will be scattered and the wasteland will be destroyed, then the matter wil...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  586. They will be destroyed if they disagree among themselves. The first sign of the cessation of their rule is a disagreement between them. The people will continue to be wel...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  587. The owners of the black flags are still stiff-necked, even after they appear to disagree among themselves

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  588. Their matter remains clear until the pledge of allegiance is given to two of their boys, and when they reach that point, they disagree among themselves, and their disagre...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  589. You will be followed by evil imams, so if they separate on three banners, know that it is their destruction

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  590. The owners of the black banners continued to stiffen their necks until they disagreed with each other and disagreed with each other, so they separated into three groups: ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  591. The black banners that emerge from Khorasan continue to fly in victory until they disagree among themselves. If they disagree among themselves, three banners are raised i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  592. If the Abbas family disagrees among themselves, it is the first thing their matter will be destroyed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  593. The seventh of the Abbasids calls people to disbelief, but they do not respond to him, so his family says to him: Do you want to expel us from our livelihood? So he says:...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  594. If the owners of the black banners disagreed among themselves, a village in Iram, called Harasta, would be eclipsed, and the three banners would emerge in the Sham (Great...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  595. If two men from Banu Abbas were deposed, and they were the two branches, the first disagreement occurred between them, then the second disagreement followed, which involv...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  596. A man and his son from Banu Hashim are seventy-two years old

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  597. Banu Abbas ruled Alfa for only nine months, and woe to them after that, and after that, woe, woe after that

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  598. The Banu Abbas reign until the people despair of goodness, then their affairs become diversified. If you find nothing but a scorpion’s hole, enter it, for there will be a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  599. If the fifth of my family dies, there is chaos, the seventh dies, and then so on until the Mahdi rises. He said: And I was informed on the authority of Sharik that he sai...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  600. Three of the Abbasids must have owned it, the first of their names being Ayn

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  601. The rule of the Bani Abbas will continue to prevail over those who oppose them until the people of Morocco revolt against them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  602. If a village called Harasta is eclipsed, and two caliphs from the Abbasids are deposed, and the Abbasids disagree among themselves until twelve banners and twelve banners...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  603. The destruction of their kingdom is their difference among themselves, from where it appeared

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  604. The last sign of the demise of the rule of the Banu Abbas are three kings among them who succeed one another. Their names are the names of the prophets. They will not exc...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  605. Five of the sons of Abbas will follow, all of them are titans. Woe to the earth among them. The fifth of the sons of Abbas will die, and a leaper like a lion will leap up...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  606. Battles between you until the black banners come to you, then the Turks come out against you and you fight them and kill them, then the deterrent to your animals does not...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  607. The black flags are still visible on those who oppose them until the Turks enter through the Armenian gate. Al-Walid said: This is the first sign of the decline of their ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  608. It is as if I hear the beating of the Turk's sleeves between the bushes and Barq

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  609. Those who ride the openwork will fall on the hills of the Sham (Greater Syria) and the Peninsula

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  610. If a village in Damascus is eclipsed, and a group to the west of its mosque falls, then the Turks and the Romans will gather together and fight, and three flags will be r...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  611. The Turks return the peninsula to water their horses from the Euphrates, then Allah sends a plague upon them and kills them, and only one man escapes from them. Ibn Ayyas...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  612. The Turks have two exits: one they leave Azerbaijan, and the other they tie their horses to the Euphrates, and there is no leaving after that.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  613. The Sufyani will fight the Turks, then their eradication will be at the hands of the Mahdi, and it is the first brigade that the Mahdi will convene and send to the Turks....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  614. Only one epic remains, the first of which is the Turkish epic on the island

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  615. Then Allah Almighty will send death upon their horses and it will dismount them, and there will be Allah’s greatest slaughter among them, and there will be no abandonment...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  616. If you see the first Turks on the island, fight them until you defeat them or may Allah suffice you with their death, for they are exposing the sanctuary there, as it is ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  617. The Turks have two outings: They go out on the peninsula and wear camel-sized animals, so Allah gives the Muslims victory over them, and Allah’s greatest sacrifice takes ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  618. The people of your Prophet’s household have signs, so stick to the land until the Turks conflict with a weak man, so he is deposed after two years of his pledge of allegi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  619. If the Turks and Khazars appear in the peninsula and Azerbaijan, and the Romans in the depths and its outskirts, the Romans will fight a man from Qays, from the people of...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  620. If Al-Sufyani appears against Al-Aqba’ and Al-Mansur Al-Yamani, the Turks and Romans will emerge and Al-Sufyani will appear over them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  621. The sign of the cessation of the rule of the son of Abbas is a redness that appears in the atmosphere of the sky, and this occurs between the tenth of Ramadan and the fif...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  622. When Al-Abbas reaches Khorasan, the Qarn of Shafa will rise in the East, and the first thing that will appear was with the destruction of Noah’s people when Allah drowned...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  623. In the exit of Sufyani, you will see a sign in the sky

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  624. There is a sign at zero, and a star with a tail begins

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  625. In Ramadan, there is a sign in the sky for the two nights, whether they are empty or remaining, and in the important month of Shawwal, and in Dhul-Qa’dah, the intense wea...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  626. In the seventh of affliction, in the eighth of annihilation, and in the ninth of hunger

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  627. There will be a sign in the month of Ramadan, then a gang will appear in Shawwal, then there will be a turmoil in Dhul-Qa'dah, then the pilgrim will be robbed in Dhul-Hij...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  628. There will come upon Muslims a time when there will be a voice in Ramadan, and in Shawwal it will be insignificant, and in Dhu al-Qa'dah, when tribes will side with their...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  629. In Ramadan there will be a voice, in Shawwal there will be a murmur, in Dhul-Qa’dah the tribes fight one another, in Dhul-Hijjah the pilgrims prepare for Hajj, and in Muh...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  630. There will be a sound in Ramadan, and a commotion in Shawwal, and in Dhul-Qa'dah the tribes will fight each other, and in that year the pilgrims will be looted, and there...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  631. People perform Hajj together, and perform the Hajj together without an imam. While they were landing at Mina, he seized them like a dog, and the tribes called out to each...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  632. The sign will appear as a pillar of fire, rising from the east, and all the people of the earth will see it. Whoever realizes this, let him prepare food for his people fo...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  633. The sign of the two events in Ramadan is a sign in the sky, after which there will be disagreement among people. If you realize it, then eat as much food as you can

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  634. During the term of Sufyani II, his emergence was a sign seen in the sky

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  635. I have been waiting for the sign of the two events in Ramadan for seventy years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  636. I have been waiting for the sign of the two events in Ramadan for seventy years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  637. If it is a shout in Ramadan, then there will be a riot in Shawwal, and the discrimination of tribes in Dhul-Qa’dah, and bloodshed in Dhul-Hijjah and Muharram, and what is...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  638. And I saw a star in the suns of Buqin from the suns of Abu Jaafar, then it curved until its two sides met and it became like a ring on an hour of the night.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  639. Ka'b said: It is a star that rises from the east and shines for the people of the earth like the moonlight on a full moon night

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  640. The redness and stars that we saw are not signs, but rather the star of the signs is a star that turns over the horizons in Safar, or in Rabi’an, or in Rajab, and at that...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  641. A star will rise from the east before the Mahdi appears. He has a tail. I have heard that before the Mahdi emerges, the sun will be eclipsed twice in the month of Ramadan...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  642. The destruction of the Abbasids occurred when a star appeared in the stomach, and a wadah, and a weak one, all of which occurred in the month of Ramadan. The redness occu...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  643. There will be three tremors: a severe tremor in Yemen, a stronger tremor in the Sham (Greater Syria), and a tremor in the East, which is Al-Jahf. It was in Yemen and the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  644. In Ramadan, it awakens the sleeper and brings out the freed ones from their slumbers, and in Shawwal, it is important, and in Dhul-Qa’dah, the tribes walk towards each ot...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  645. My nation will not perish until the differentiation, swaying, and nervous gestures appear in them that people after me will develop in Islam. In Islam, tribe tends toward...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  646. The sign of the two events in Ramadan, the rain in Shawwal, the calamities in Dhul-Qa'dah, and the battle in Dhul-Hijjah, and the sign of that is a shining column of ligh...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  647. In the time of the second Sufyani, the character was distorted, he was guided in the Sham (Greater Syria) until every people thought that he would be the ruin of what cam...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  648. If you see a pillar of fire from the east in the sky during the month of Ramadan, prepare as much food as you can, for it is a year of hunger.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  649. I have been waiting for the night of the two events in Ramadan for seventy years. Abdul Rahman bin Jubair said: It is a sign that will be in the sky, and there will be di...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  650. Safwan said, and Muhajir al-Nabal said: It occurs in Ramadan and their hearts bleed, and in Shawwal they are martyred, and in Dhul-Qa’dah they sit still, and in Dhul-Hijj...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  651. Events in Ramadan, battles in Shawwal, catastrophes in Dhul-Qa'dah, and striking of necks in Dhul-Hijjah, and in that year he will be jealous of the Hajj.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  652. The two events are in Ramadan, the haysh is in Shawwal, the calamities are in Dhul-Qa’dah, the battle is in Dhu’l-Hijjah, and the fulfillment is in Muharram. I have been ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  653. If you see a man being a greedy man, admiring his own opinion, then he will be lost

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  654. On the authority of Heraclius, the Great of the Romans, he said: Our example and the example of the Arabs is like a man who had a house and people settled in it, and he s...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  655. Three trials will occur in the Sham (Greater Syria): the trial of bloodshed, the trial of cutting ties and plundering money, then followed by the trial of the Maghreb, wh...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  656. If the people of Syria perish, there will be no good for my nation

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  657. The people of the Sham (Greater Syria) are the scourge of Allah in His land. He takes revenge on them on whomever He wishes of His servants, and it is forbidden for their...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  658. Every tribulation is roasted until it is in the Sham (Greater Syria), and if it is in the Sham (Greater Syria), then it is the summer, and it is the darkness

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  659. Sedition will still stagnate as long as it does not start from the Sham (Greater Syria)

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  660. O people, do not consider temptations to be anything until they come from the Sham (Greater Syria), which is blind

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  661. The West is blind

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  662. Meh, do not insult the people of the Sham (Greater Syria), there are many people, for among them are the Abdal

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  663. Allah Almighty created the world in the position of a bird, so He made the wings the East and the West, and He made the head the Sham (Greater Syria), and He made the hea...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  664. There will be a trial in the Sham (Greater Syria) in which it will sway like water swells in a waterskin, revealing you while you are regretting severe hunger, and the sm...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  665. If you see in the Sham (Greater Syria) white palaces with their heads towards the sky, and trees planted in them that were not planted in the time of Noah, then the matte...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  666. The head of the earth is the Sham (Greater Syria), its wings are Egypt and Iraq, the tails are the Hijaz, and the goshawks are skinned on the tails.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  667. The people still have a period of time until the head knocks, and if the head knocks, the people will perish, and the Sham (Greater Syria) will be devastated

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  668. The earth will be destroyed forty years before the Sham (Greater Syria)

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  669. Basra and Egypt are the two wings of the earth, and if they are destroyed, the matter will happen

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  670. The world was represented on a bird. Basra and Egypt are two wings, and if they are destroyed, the matter will happen

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  671. There will be a turmoil in the Sham (Greater Syria) in which bribes and nobles will rise, then their fools and lowlifes will increase in it until their leaders will be en...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  672. There will be a turmoil in the Sham (Greater Syria) whenever it calms down on one side or the other, and it does not end until a caller calls from the sky: Your prince is...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  673. Allah Almighty created a thousand nations, six hundred on the sea and four hundred on land, and the first thing among these nations is the destruction of the locusts. Whe...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  674. If the strife of Palestine erupts, it will be repeated in the Sham (Greater Syria), like the water in the water bottle, and then it will clear up when it clears up, and y...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  675. The fourth temptation is blind and dark, passing through the sea. Not a single house of Arabs or non-Arabs remains except that it is filled with humiliation and fear. It ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  676. Did anything come to you from Khorasan? Did anything come to you from the Sham (Greater Syria)? As for the daughters of Al-Alaa bin Ziyad, who will take them out of the S...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  677. What did you see? They said: Nothing. He said: Tell me. They said: We saw a donkey with its legs stuck. He said: What did you understand? They said: We said: The lowliest...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  678. There will be a trial in the Sham (Greater Syria) in which their women and nobles will rise, then only a few will come to it until their fools and lowlifes rise up in it ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  679. I wished that every pearl on the face of the earth had become tar. People do not stop until they take sheep, milk them, and compete over them, until when they become nume...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  680. How will you be if the people of your desert enter and share with you your wealth, and you do not withhold from them until someone says: You have been blessed for so long...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  681. You will not continue to be well as long as your Bedouins dispense with you, and you will not cease to be well as long as you find a back to bear

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  682. There is no people among your people who are more severe to you in these afflictions than the people of the East, the owners of salt and lotion. Indeed, a woman from amon...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  683. I wish this milk were tar. It was said: Why is that? He said: The Quraysh followed the tails of camels across the forests, and Satan is with the one, and he is further aw...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  684. You will never cease to be well as long as the people of your Bedouins do not need the people of your city. When they come to you, you will not be deterred from them beca...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  685. You will enjoin what is right and forbid what is wrong, or Allah will send foreigners upon you, and they will behead you, and they will eat your spoils, and they will be ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  686. There is nothing that is not indicative of it, even the nook has a state on the bag

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  687. There is nothing that is not indicative of it, to the point that the Nouks will have a state, and even the idiots who rule will have a state

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  688. Everything has a state that affects it. The supervising vagabonds will have a state, then the vagabonds and the lowly people will have a state at the end of time, until s...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  689. Her choice is gone

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  690. One of the signs of the Hour is that the good people will be humbled, the bad people will be exalted, and their hypocrites will prevail over every people

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  691. The Hour will not come until someone who does not weigh a horn of hair rises against the people on the Day of Resurrection

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  692. How can people be sifted for so long, and only scum will remain, so if that is the case, then take what you know, abandon what you deny, and accept the affairs of your ow...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  693. We used to hear that it was said: How are you when you see twenty or more men who do not see among them a man who fears Allah?

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  694. Because I fear for my nation regarding milk, I fear for them regarding wine. They love milk, so they distance themselves from the groups and waste them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  695. One of the signs of the Hour is that someone who does not deserve to rule will rule, and the lowly will be exalted and the high will be humbled

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  696. If you see the Arabs being negligent about the command of the Quraysh, then you see the neighboring ones being negligent about the command of the Arabs, then you see the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  697. If you see the Sham (Greater Syria), its affairs have gathered around Ibn Abi Sufyan, then join Mecca

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  698. If the matter of the Sufyani appears, no one will be saved from that calamity except those who are patient under the siege

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  699. If the temptation of the Maghreb comes, then put your sandals on for Yemen, for no other land will protect you from it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  700. If a trial from the West and another from the East meet, and they meet in the interior of the Sham (Greater Syria), then the interior of the earth will be better on that ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  701. The belly of the earth on that day is better than its surface

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  702. Only the hidden person is saved from it. If he appears, he is not recognized, and if he sits, he is not missed, or a man prays like the prayer of drowning in the sea.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  703. If that is the case, then seek a place for yourself in peace and free time, like the ant’s shelter for its winter, and let it be in what is beautiful and not known for it...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  704. Jesus, son of Mary (peace be upon him), passed by Mount Hebron and made three supplications to its people, saying: O Allah, whoever comes to it from fear, be safe in it, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  705. Mount Hebron is a sacred mountain, and when strife arose among the Children of Israel, Allah Almighty inspired their prophets to flee with their religion to Mount Hebron....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  706. To inform me that a man from my brothers has taken up residence in Mount Hebron, and I envy him because the people of Egypt will descend upon him, either blocking their N...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  707. Only those who are patient with the siege will be saved from its affliction. The stronghold of the Sufyani, Allah Almighty willing, is three cities. For the non-Arabs nea...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  708. Homs is among the soldiers whose martyr will intercede for the seventy, and the people of Damascus are known for wearing green clothes in Paradise, and the people of Jord...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  709. The first devastation will be in Egypt and Iraq, and when the construction reaches Sila, you must, O Abu Dharr, in the Sham (Greater Syria), coordinate with them, whereve...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  710. The martyr of the people of Homs will intercede for seventy thousand, and the people of Damascus will be covered by Allah with green clothes on the Day of Resurrection, a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  711. The land of the abode of Islam in the Sham (Greater Syria), to which Allah drives His elite of His servants, and no one inclines to it except one who is afflicted, and no...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  712. Damascus is the Muslim stronghold of the Romans, and a bull’s paddock there is better than a great house in Homs. And whoever wants to be saved from the Dajjal is the Abu...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  713. You have been overshadowed by a trial like pieces of a dark night. There is not a Muslim house left between the East and the West without entering it. Those who take shel...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  714. The people who were saved from the temptation of Al-Salim were the people of the coast and the people of Hijaz

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  715. However, if Islam deprives the Sham (Greater Syria) and repeats it three times, Allah will lead to it the elite of His servants. No one will go to it, desiring it, except...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  716. The most beloved of Jerusalem to Allah is Mount Nablus. There will come a time when people will touch it with ropes between them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  717. There will come a time when people will be of no use except the dinar and the dirham

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  718. The Muslim stronghold of the epics is a city called Damascus, a land called Ghouta

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  719. The happiest people in temptations are every hidden person who is pure. If he appears, he is not known, and if he is absent, he is not missed, and the most miserable peop...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  720. If that is the case, then take what you know, leave what you deny, and accept the matter of your own, and leave the matter of the common people.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  721. Where to toss? He said: I said: I marked you towards the west, twelve miles away. He said: How much distance is there between me and Al-Sarat? I said: Such and such a mil...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  722. Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "There will come a time when the best property of a Muslim will be sheep which he will take to the tops of mounta...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  723. A man's best wealth on that day is his horse and his weapon, and they will go away with them wherever they go

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  724. Because I am more afraid of my nation regarding milk than I am of them regarding wine. They love milk, so they distance themselves from the groups and waste them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  725. Narrated Abu Sa`id Al-Khudri:Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "There will come a time when the best property of a Muslim will be sheep which he will take to the tops of mounta...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  726. While a man was in Egypt during the turmoil of Ibn al-Zubayr, he was making jokes on the ground when a man stood up to him and said to him: What are you talking about, fa...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  727. The best money on that day is a good horse and a good weapon, with which the servant may travel wherever he remains

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  728. Whoever is overtaken by temptation must remember it inactively

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  729. The best people in turmoil are a man who takes the head of his horse to frighten the enemy and make them afraid, or a man who is isolated and fulfills the rights of Allah...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  730. The best people in turmoil are a man who eats from the droppings of his sword in the name of Allah, and a man on a high mountain who eats from the messengers of his sheep...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  731. Things will happen, and whoever is satisfied with them among those who are absent from them is like one who witnessed them, and whoever dislikes them from those who witne...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  732. A man witnesses a sin being committed and dislikes it, so he is like one who was absent from it, and he is absent from it and accepts it, so he is like one who witnessed ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  733. If you see an evil and you cannot do anything else to do it, it is sufficient for you that Allah Almighty knows that you denounce it in your heart

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  734. The man remains silent during the temptation, so nothing appears from him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  735. In that time, every believer will be saved from sleep

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  736. If you hear, or if you come, this pulpit, meaning the pulpit of Egypt, it reads to Abdullah: Abdullah, Commander of the Faithful, then you are about to hear Abdullah say:...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  737. If it was read on the pulpit in Egypt: From Abdullah Abdullah, Commander of the Faithful, it would only be a short time before it was read: From Abdullah Abdul Rahman, Co...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  738. If a letter comes to you from the East reading to you: From Abdullah, the Commander of the Faithful, then wait for another letter to come to you from the West, reading to...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  739. The kingdom belongs to the Abbasids until a letter read in Egypt reaches you: From Abdullah Abdullah, Commander of the Faithful. If that happens, it will be the beginning...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  740. If a letter was read to the Banu Abbas at the beginning of the day: From Abdullah Abdullah, Commander of the Faithful, then wait for a letter to be read to you at the end...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  741. If a man of the Abbasids is called Abdullah, and he is the one with the eyes of the afterlife among them, with it they open and with it they seal, then he is the key to t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  742. Woe to Abdullah from Abdullah, woe to Abdullah from Abdul Rahman

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  743. If the yellow flags enter Egypt and gather in the bridge, wait until the people of the East and the people of the West mount an army and fight with it seven times, and th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  744. Let a man called Abd al-Rahman come out with the people of the Maghrib until Homs comes and ascends to its pulpit

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  745. It is necessary for the Abbasids to have three sons, the first of whose names is Ayn

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  746. If the Turks revolt against the men of the black banners and fight them, the reins of their animals will not dry out until the people of Morocco leave.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  747. He was seeking refuge in Allah from the temptation of the East. He said: Then it was said to him: What about the West? He said: That is greater and more reassuring

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  748. He sought refuge in Allah in his prayers from the temptation of Morocco

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  749. The people of Morocco must have a state of infidelity

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  750. He owns the people of Morocco, and they are worse than a king

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  751. The owner of Morocco, Abd al-Rahman, is worse than a king

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  752. There is no creation under the firmament of the sky more evil than a barbarian, and for me to give a hook of a whip in charity for the sake of Allah is dearer to me than ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  753. Do not give anything to Berberia, even if you feed him to dogs

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  754. The West is blind, and its people are barren and naked. They do not follow Allah as a religion. They trample the earth as cows trample a threshing floor. So seek refuge i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  755. The owner of Morocco, Abd al-Rahman bin Hind, is tall and tall, and in front of him is a man whose name is Satan. Woe to whoever is killed under his banner, his destiny i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  756. Let the people of the Maghreb rule Homs for sixteen months, and it is as if I am looking at him ruling for sixteen months. Al-Saqr said: And I heard Saeed bin Muhajir al-...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  757. He sought refuge in Allah from the temptation of the East, and then from the temptation of the West in his prayers

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  758. I warn you that a trial will come from the East, then a trial will come from the West

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  759. He divided evil into seventy parts, making sixty-nine parts among the barbarians, and one part among all people

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  760. Berber women are better than their men. A prophet was sent among them and they killed him, so the women took him to him and buried him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  761. A prophet before me came to this people, so they slaughtered him, cooked him, ate his meat, and drank his broth

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  762. The Romans who were in Homs were afraid of the Berbers, and she says: Waisa Qayfis from Berberis. Safwan said: They used to call Homs Tamra. They said: Woe to you, Tamra,...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  763. The ruler of Morocco, Bani Marwan, and Qada'ah are gathered under the black banners in the heart of the Sham (Greater Syria)

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  764. If Abdullah bin Abdul Rahman comes to you from Morocco, you and they will fight at the bridge, and there will be seventy thousand dead among you, and they will expel you ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  765. The people of the Maghreb will rule Homs for sixteen months. If the turmoil of the Maghreb breaks out, then head towards Yemen, for no other land will protect you from it...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  766. If the people of Morocco enter the land of Egypt and stay in such-and-such, they will kill and take captive its people. On that day, the wailing women will stand up, cryi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  767. Your banner and the banner of your people will be covered with balqa’ on that day, and Allah will appear over them. Al-Walid said: Qada’ah will appear on that day over th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  768. The bearers of the black flags and the bearers of the yellow flags meet at the bridge and fight until they reach Palestine, then the Sufyani revolts against the people of...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  769. The first people of the Maghreb entered the Damascus Mosque, and while they were looking at its marvels, the earth trembled, and it sank to the west of its mosque, and it...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  770. When the Berbers left and settled in Egypt, there would be two incidents between them: an incident in Egypt, and an incident in Palestine, and in between, until they desc...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  771. If the black flags disagreed among themselves, the yellow flags would come to them, and they would gather in the bridge of the people of Egypt, and the people of the East...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  772. The people of Homs are the most wretched of the people of the Sham (Greater Syria) with Berbers

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  773. The people of the Sham (Greater Syria) converted to Islam, and the happiest of its soldiers with the yellow banners were the people of Damascus, and the most miserable of...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  774. By the One in whose hand is my soul, the barbarians will destroy Homs in the last two battles, the last of which will remove the nails from the doors of its people, and t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  775. If the Maghrib appears over Egypt, then the interior of the earth is better for the people of the Sham (Greater Syria) on that day than its surface. Woe to the two soldie...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  776. If the zero flags reach Egypt, then flee across the earth as best you can. If you hear that they have descended on the Sham (Greater Syria), which is the navel, then if y...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  777. If you see the yellow flags, the interior of the earth on that day will be better than its surface

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  778. The Berbers disembark from the ships, then they go out with their swords, waiting until they enter Homs, and I heard that their slogan on that day was: Oh Homs, oh Homs....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  779. If the Berbers leave Homs to Famiyah, Allah will deport them, and send a disease on their animals, so that nothing of them will remain except that they die. Then He exile...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  780. If you see the yellow flags descending on Alexandria, then descending on the center of Syria, then a village in Damascus called Harasta will be eclipsed.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  781. Let the people of Egypt divide the mountains with ropes between them, because their access will be limited or extended and drown them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  782. If the black flags come from the East, and the yellow flags come from the West, until they meet in the navel of Syria, meaning Damascus, there will be calamity, there wil...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  783. His father said: Umayyah bin Yazid Al-Qurashi told me, on the authority of Suleiman bin Ata bin Yazid Al-Laythi, on the authority of his father’s wife, who said: I heard ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  784. The people of Morocco have two trips: one way to reach the bridge of Fustat where they tie their horses, and another way to the Sham (Greater Syria).

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  785. Let the people of Andalusia come to you and fight you handsomely

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  786. If the people of the Maghreb leave, the Romans will rule the Maghreb, and then Alexandria, Egypt, and the coast of the Sham (Greater Syria) will be destroyed.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  787. If a trial comes from the East and a trial comes from the West, then they meet in the interior of the Sham (Greater Syria), for the interior of the earth on that day is b...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  788. It is more devastated than the people surrounding it, who come from the West

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  789. Abd al-Rahman goes out with the people of Morocco, and the Romans have taken control of Alexandria. They are there, and they fight them, defeat them, and expel them from ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  790. The Romans who were in Homs were afraid of the Berbers and said: Woe to you, Tamra, from the Berbers. They meant: Woe to you, O Tamra, from the Berbers.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  791. If the black flags and the yellow flags meet in the middle of the Sham (Greater Syria), the interior of the earth is better than its surface

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  792. If the people of the East and the people of the West meet with the banners of Zero in Egypt, and they fight at the bridge seven times, then they reach Ramla.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  793. If a man from Fihr goes out gathering Berbers, a man from the descendants of Abu Sufyan goes out, and when Al-Fihri reaches his departure, they separate into three groups...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  794. If the yellow and black flags clash in the center of Syria, then woe to its inhabitants from the defeated army, then woe to them from the defeated army, and woe to them f...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  795. The Berbers come to settle between Palestine and Jordan ، Then the crowds of the East and Syria will march towards them until they stop the tax collector ، A man emerges ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  796. Abd al-Rahman goes out with the people of Morocco, and the Romans have captured Alexandria while they are there. They fight them, defeat them, and expel them from it.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  797. He divided evil into seventy parts, making sixty-nine among the Berbers, and one part among the rest of the people. Baqiyya ibn al-Walid told us, on the authority of Bish...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  798. A prophet before me came to this people, so they slaughtered him, cooked him, ate his meat, and drank his broth.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  799. If the black and yellow flags meet in the navel of the Sham (Greater Syria), the interior of the earth is better than its surface. Safwan said: Let the barbarians seize t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  800. Al-Sufyani wanted to leave a village in the west of the Sham (Greater Syria) called Andra with seven people

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  801. Al-Sufyani has the ability to carry a woman

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  802. Between the emergence of the Black Banner from Khorasan and Shuaib bin Saleh, and the emergence of the Mahdi and the handing over of power to the Mahdi, there are seventy...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  803. A star appears and moves with Elijah, a one-eyed man, and then there is an eclipse

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  804. It is the most delicate of the eyes

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  805. Al-Sufyani is three and a half years old

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  806. He owns the pregnancy of a woman. His name is Abdullah bin Yazid, and he is Al-Azhar bin Al-Kalbiyyah, or Al-Zuhri Ibn Al-Kalbiyyah, the mutilated Sufyani.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  807. Al-Azhar bin Al-Kalbiyyah enters Kufa and is afflicted with an ulcer. He emerges from it and dies on the way. Then another man from among them emerges between Taif and Me...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  808. The Sufyani who dies, fighting the first of the black flags and the yellow flags in the navel of the Sham (Greater Syria), emerging from the mandarin east of Baysan, on a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  809. His term of office is nine or seven months. Abu Bakr said: Damra, and Dinar bin Dinar said: His term is a burden

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  810. Al-Sufyani is from the descendants of Khalid bin Yazid bin Abi Sufyan. He is a huge man, with smallpox marks on his face and a white spot on his eyes. He comes out of the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  811. Al-Sufyani emerges from the dry valley, and the owner of Damascus comes out to fight him, and when he looks at his banner, he will be defeated

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  812. Al-Sufyani is a white man, with curly hair, and whoever accepts any of his wealth will be a lump in his stomach on the Day of Resurrection

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  813. A man from the descendants of Abu Sufyan emerges from the dry valley wearing red banners, with thin forearms and legs, a long neck, and very yellow, bearing signs of wors...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  814. Woe to Abdul Rahman from Abdullah, woe to Abdullah from Abdul Rahman

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  815. This matter will continue to exist in fairness until the first person to speak to it is a man from the Umayyads

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  816. A man from the descendants of Abu Sufyan in Islam will master a gap that nothing can fill

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  817. As for Ibn al-Khattab being alive, no, but that is if the people approach me and approach me, and a man begins to remember the land that is not in it like the one who fle...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  818. Sufyani's name is Abdullah

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  819. A man from the Banu Hashim reigns and kills the Umayyads, leaving only a few of them remaining. He does not kill anyone else. Then a man from the Umayyads emerges and kil...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  820. Al-Sufyani brings out three reeds in his hand, and he does not knock anyone with them unless he dies

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  821. Al-Sufyani will come in his dream and it will be said to him: Get up and go out. He will get up and find no one. Then he will come a second time and it will be said to hi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  822. This matter will continue to exist in fairness until the first person to speak to it is a man from the Umayyads

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  823. Al-Sufyani is worse than a king. He kills scholars and people of virtue, annihilates them, and seeks their help. So whoever refuses to kill him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  824. A one-eyed man is moved by Elijah, and there is much commotion and captivity, and he is the one who sends an army to the city

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  825. A man from the descendants of Khalid bin Yazid bin Muawiyah bin Abi Sufyan will emerge with seven men, with one man among them with a tied banner. They know that victory ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  826. You will not see Sufyanya until the people of the Maghreb come to you. If you see him coming out until he is standing on the pulpit of Damascus, then it is nothing until ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  827. If Haddah was in the Sham (Greater Syria) before Al-Bayda, then there was neither Bayda nor Sufyani. Al-Layth said: Al-Huda was in Tiberias, then she woke up in Fustat, a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  828. The exit of Sufyani after thirty-nine days

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  829. If Al-Sufyani came out in thirty-seven, his reign would be twenty-eight months, and if he came out in thirty-nine, his reign would be nine months.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  830. In the time of the Second Sufyani, the guidance would take place until every people would think that they had destroyed what came next to them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  831. If the Turks and the Romans meet, and a village in Damascus is eclipsed, and a group west of its mosque falls, then three flags are raised in the Sham (Greater Syria): th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  832. If the people of the Black Banners disagreed, they separated into three groups: a group that called for the Banu Fatima, a group that called for the Banu Abbas, and a gro...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  833. If they disagreed among themselves, three flags would be raised in the Sham (Greater Syria): the flag of the bald man, the flag of the red-haired man, and the flag of the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  834. If their words differed, and the century of healing rose, they would only remain for a short time until the spotted man appeared in Egypt, killing people until they reach...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  835. The people will disagree over four groups: two men from the Sham (Greater Syria), a man from the family of Al-Hakam, blue and red, a man from Mudar, short and mighty, Al-...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  836. Then Al-Sufyani appears against the Marwanites and kills them, then he follows the Banu Marwan and kills them, then he approaches the people of the East and the Banu Abba...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  837. He leaves Kufa due to an illness that afflicts him, and he dies between Ark and Palmyra due to a weak condition that afflicts him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  838. The darkness of the people of that time gathers for the murderer, until when they look at their enemy and think that they have defeated their country, the head of their t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  839. If the owners of the black flags disagree, one of the villages of Iram will be eclipsed, and the western side of its mosque will fall. Then three banners will emerge in t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  840. The people disagreed in Safar, and the people divided into four groups: a man in Mecca who sought refuge, and two men in the Sham (Greater Syria), one of whom was Sufyani...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  841. They disagree over four people: a powerful man who pledges allegiance to himself as a caliphate, giving the people a hundred dinars, and two men in the Sham (Greater Syri...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  842. Then three people came out, all of them seeking kingship: a spotted man, a red-haired man, and a man from the family of Abu Sufyan, who went out with a dog and besieged t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  843. Three banners will emerge in the Sham (Greater Syria): the reddish, the spotted, and the Sufyani. The Sufyani will emerge from the Sham (Greater Syria), and the blond fro...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  844. The people disagreed in Safar, and divided into four groups: a man in Mecca who was seeking refuge, and two men in the Sham (Greater Syria): one of them was the Sufyani, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  845. If the Sufyani enters the land of Egypt, he will stay there for four months, killing and taking its people captive, and on that day the wailing women will stand up, weepi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  846. The people and the Arabs will separate in Berber over four banners, and Quda’ah will prevail, and a man from the descendants of Abu Sufyan will prevail over them. Al-Wali...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  847. If Al-Aqwas appears with a people with strong bodies, then there will be a great battle between them, then the cursed Al-Akhus Al-Sufyani appears and fights them both, an...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  848. If there are two tremors in the month of Ramadan, three members of the family are assigned to perform it. One of them seeks it with tyranny, the other seeks it with ascet...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  849. If the owners of the black flags and the people of the yellow flags meet at the bridge, the people of the East will be defeated, and they will be defeated until they reac...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  850. If the Sufyani appears on the Aqaba and enters Egypt, then Egypt will be ruined

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  851. They will leave Egypt, except for those who are killed. Kharijah said: I said to Abu Dharr: Is there a mosque imam when he leaves? He said: No, rather her peers were cut ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  852. Let Egypt be tempted as waste is destroyed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  853. If you see a lame man from the Umayyads in Egypt, leave Fustat at the head of Burayd, for a man from his household will kill him. Then the people of the Sham (Greater Syr...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  854. Their destruction at the hands of a man of this gender

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  855. If an otter prevails and appears in the west, and their companion, Bani Abbas, comes, then their nephew enters Kufa with those who are with him and destroys it, then an u...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  856. He escaped from Kufa because of an ulcer that afflicted him and he died. Then after him came a man among them whose name is his father’s name, and his name has eight lett...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  857. His cause is ignited in Homs, and he kindles it in Damascus, and his passion is in the war of Banu Abbas

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  858. Al-Sufyani pledges allegiance to the people of the Sham (Greater Syria), and he fights the people of the East and defeats them from Palestine until they reach Marj al-Saf...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  859. The cursed deformed one emerges from the mandarins east of Beit Shean on a red camel, wearing a crown, defeats the group twice, then perishes while killing freedom, takin...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  860. If Al-Sufyani returns, he will summon a group of the people of the Maghreb to himself, and they will gather for him as they have never gathered for anyone else, as Allah ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  861. The people of the Sham (Greater Syria) and the people of Iraq meet in Al-Has, and the people of Iraq are attacked, and they kill them until they reach their country

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  862. Abdullah follows Abdullah until their soldiers meet Circassia on the river

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  863. Sufyani defeats the group twice and then perishes

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  864. Al-Sufyani defeats the group twice, accepts the tribute, and takes captive the offspring, and they slaughter a woman from the Quraysh, with which he rips open the stomach...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  865. Al-Sufyani kills everyone who disobeys him, saws them and grinds them with pots for six months, and the two Easts and the two Wests meet.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  866. The fourth sedition started from Raqqa

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  867. Bedouin, the difference between the Abbasids, a banner that would emerge from Khurasan, and there would be an epic between them in the saffron beds, in which all people a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  868. While the owners of the black banners were fighting among themselves, the seventh of seven came out, and he sent to the people of the villages asking them to support him,...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  869. A man emerges from the East, and their king is repulsed by him. He is killed between Raqqa and Haran. A man from the Quraish kills him. A man from the West, from the fami...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  870. He will be a caliph whose pledge of allegiance the people will fail, then his deputy will be from an enemy, and he will find no choice but to march himself, so he will ap...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  871. They fought there fiercely, but while they were like that, the Sufyani revolted against them and defeated both groups until Allah entered them into Kufa, so that the begi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  872. A king descends on Iraq who hates the people of the Sham (Greater Syria) for pledging allegiance to him, and it is as it was. Then he informs him that his enemy has march...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  873. If the other disagreement occurred among the Banu Abbas, after the departure of Al-Sufyani bin Aqla Al-Akbad, and in their other disagreement annihilation, then wait for ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  874. A man from the descendants of Abbas descends on Raqqa, stays there for two years, then invades the Romans, and his calamity for the Muslims will be greater than his calam...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  875. He will be a caliph from the East. He travels on the run to the Peninsula, then he calls on the people of the Sham (Greater Syria) for help and they gather to him. The pe...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  876. Al-Sufyani sends to the Iraqi army a man from Banu Haritha who has two glands, called Nimr or Qamar ibn Abbad, a strong man with a short, bald, broad-shouldered man from ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  877. Let a caliph descend upon Kufa who will defeat the people of the Sham (Greater Syria), then he will seek them and the Sham (Greater Syria), and it will be said to him: Yo...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  878. The seventh descendant of Abbas calls people to justice, but they do not respond to him. So he says: I am following the path of Abu Bakr and Omar (may Allah be pleased wi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  879. The Sufyani will appear in the Sham (Greater Syria), and then there will be a clash between them in Qarqisiya, until the birds of the sky and the lions of the earth are s...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  880. Then Abdullah follows Abdullah, and their soldiers meet in Qarqisiya on the river, and there is a great battle. The ruler of the West marches and kills the men and takes ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  881. A caliph will come to Kufa, and he will defeat the people of the Sham (Greater Syria), then he will attack them, and it will be said to him: You must take the land of the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  882. If Al-Sufyani appears against Al-Aqba’, Al-Mansur, Al-Kindi, the Turks, and the Romans, he leaves and becomes in Iraq, and then the century of Dhul-Shifa rises, then Abdu...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  883. When the Sufyani crossed the Euphrates and reached a place called Aqarqofa, Allah Almighty erased the faith from his heart, and he would kill seventy thousand people with...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  884. Let a man from his household, called Abdul-Ilah, or Abdullah, descend on a river from the rivers of the East, on which two cities will be built, and the river will divide...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  885. Two nations are about to sit on the ground of a grinding mill, one of them will eclipse, and the other is watching. There will be two neighborhoods next to each other, a ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  886. The evil eye is torment, the sin is the sunnah and famine, and the qāf is a people slandered at the end of time. Omar (may Allah be pleased with him) said to him: Who are...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  887. Al-Sufyani comes out and fights until he rips women's stomachs and boils children in boilers

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  888. He takes the women of Bani Abbas captive until he brings them to the villages of Damascus

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  889. If a city is built on the Euphrates, then it is Naqf and Naqaf, and if a city is built six miles from Damascus, then it is Hazma for the epics.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  890. Kufa is safe from ruin until Egypt is destroyed. The battle of Kufa is the battle of the ancients, and then the great epic after Kufa

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  891. Al-Sufyani enters Kufa and takes it captive for three days, and kills sixty thousand of its people. Then he stays there for eighteen nights, dividing its wealth. He enter...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  892. A black flag of Banu Abbas will emerge, then another black flag will emerge from Khorasan. Their hoods are black and their clothes are white. At the front of them is a ma...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  893. It was narrated that 'Abdullah said:"While we were with the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ), some youngsters from Banu Hashim came along. When the Prophet (ﷺ) saw them, his eyes f...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  894. If you see the black flags emerging from Khorasan, go to them, even if you crawl on the snow, for there is the Caliph of Allah, the Mahdi.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  895. A dark-skinned man, a client of the Banu Tamim Kusaj, called Shuaib bin Salih, will emerge from Rayy with four thousand, whose clothes are white, and whose banners are bl...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  896. A man from my household will emerge with nine banners

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  897. Al-Mahdi, under his banner, Shuaib bin Saleh

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  898. The black flags emerge from Khorasan with weak people who gather together. Allah supports them with His victory, and then the people of Morocco emerge as a result.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  899. A young man from Banu Hashim emerges with his right hand free from Khurasan with black banners in his hands, Shuaib bin Saleh, fighting the companions of Sufyani and defe...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  900. A young man with a light, yellow beard will emerge on the banner of the Mahdi. If he fought the mountains, he would shake them and move them until Elijah descends.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  901. If one man rules the Sham (Greater Syria) and the other Egypt, and the Sham (Greater Syria) and the Egyptian fight, and the people of the Sham (Greater Syria) take captiv...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  902. A calamity befalls his family until Allah sends a black banner from the East. Whoever supports it, Allah will help him, and whoever abandons it, Allah will abandon him, u...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  903. A black flag will emerge from Khorasan, until it ties its horses to this olive tree that is between Beit Lahia and Harasta. We said: What is an olive tree between these t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  904. Black flags of Banu Abbas will emerge from the East, then they will stay as long as Allah wills, then small black flags will emerge from the East, fighting a man from the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  905. Black flags come out fighting the Sufyani. Among them is a young man from Bani Hashem, with a blank on his left shoulder, and on his front is a man from Bani Tamim called...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  906. If the Sufyani reached Kufa, and the agents of the family of Muhammad were killed, the Mahdi would emerge under his banner, Shuaib bin Saleh

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  907. The black flags emerging from Khorasan will descend on Kufa, and when the Mahdi appears in Mecca, the pledge of allegiance will be sent to him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  908. If the millstones of Banu Abbas turn around, and the owners of the black banners tie their horses to the olive trees of the Sham (Greater Syria), and Allah destroys the r...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  909. They are the happiest people with the first draft, and the most miserable people with the second draft. He said: So we said: What is the second draft, O Abu Saeed? He sai...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  910. If the horses of the Sufyani go out to Kufa, he will send in search of the people of Khurasan, and the people of Khorasan go out in search of the Mahdi, and he and Al-Has...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  911. Al-Sufyani spreads his soldiers across the horizons after entering Kufa and Baghdad, and his branch from across the river reaches him from the people of Khorasan, and the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  912. The Sufyani and the Black Banners meet. Among them is a young man from Banu Hashim, with a blank on his left hand, and on his front is a man from Banu Tamim called Shuaib...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  913. Al-Sufyani sends his horses and his soldiers, and he reaches the entire east from the land of Khorasan and the land of Persia, and the people of the east revolt against t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  914. I have heard that this Hashemi is Mahdi’s paternal brother, and some of them said: He is his cousin

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  915. Some of them said: He will not die, but after defeat he will go to Mecca, and when the Mahdi appears, he will go with him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  916. Al-Sufyani sends his soldiers to Marw al-Rudh to seize what is beyond it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  917. He sends a delegation from Kufa to Marv and a delegation to Hijaz

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  918. Before the Mahdi, a man will emerge from his household in the East. He will carry the sword on his shoulder for eight months. He will be killed, mutilated, and head to Je...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  919. Al-Sufyani writes to the one who entered Kufa with his horse after it had been traversed by the battle of the Adam, ordering him to march to Hijaz, so he marches to Medin...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  920. He sends an army to Medina, and they seize whomever they can from the family of Muhammad ﷺ, and he kills men and women from Banu Hashim. Then, Al-Mahdi and Al-Mubaid esca...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  921. People flee from Medina to Mecca when the Sufyani army informs them, including three members of Quraish who are visible to them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  922. The city will then be declared lawful and the pure soul will be killed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  923. There will be a caliph from Banu Hashim in Medina, and some of them will go to Mecca. When they arrive, the ruler of Mecca sends to them: What has brought you here? Do yo...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  924. There will be a caliph in the Sham (Greater Syria) who will invade Medina. When the people of Medina hear that the army is coming to them, seven of them will go to Mecca,...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  925. If they came to Medina, they would kill its people for three days

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  926. Then the people of Medina will be informed and the army will go out to them, and whoever of the family of Muhammad (may Allah’s prayers and peace be upon him) will flee f...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  927. A sign that the city will fall if the prince of Egypt arrives

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  928. Al-Sufyani sends an army to Medina and orders the killing of everyone who was there, from Bani Hashim to the pregnant ones. This is what Al-Hashimi does when he comes out...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  929. There will be an area in the city in which the oil stones will sink, and the heat there will be nothing but the stroke of a whip. So he will withdraw from the city for th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  930. The sign of the Mahdi’s emergence will be an eclipse in Al-Bayda with an army, which is a sign of his emergence

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  931. The owner of the city sends an army to the Hashemites in Mecca, and they defeat them. Then the Caliph in the Sham (Greater Syria) hears of this, so he sends to them a del...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  932. One person will seek refuge in Mecca and be killed, then the people will stay for a while, then another person will seek refuge in Mecca. If you catch him, do not attack ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  933. An army comes from the west, seeking this house, until when they are in Al-Bayda, it eclipses them, and whoever was in front of them returns to see what the people did, a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  934. He will be seeking refuge in Mecca, sending seventy thousand to him, including a man from Qays, until when they reach Al-Thaniyah, the last of them will enter and the fir...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  935. When Al-Sufyani reached the one in Egypt, he would send an army to the one in Mecca, and they would destroy Medina more severely than Al-Harrah, until when they reached A...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  936. A'isha reported that Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) was startled in the state of sleep. We said:Allah's Messenger, you have done something in the state of your sleep which you nev...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  937. He sends an army to Medina, crushes them among the crowds, and kills the pure soul

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  938. They will be eclipsed, and none of them will be saved except two men from the dog, their names: Wabar and Wabir, their faces are turned in their backs.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  939. If an army descends in pursuit of those who went out to Mecca and they camp in Al-Bayda, they will be swallowed up and destroyed. This is what Allah Almighty says: “And i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  940. He sends an army of twelve thousand to the city and destroys them in Al-Bayda

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  941. He will send from the people of Kufa two missions: one to Marv, and one to Hijaz, and a third of his mission to Hijaz will be eclipsed, and a third will be transformed, t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  942. If Al-Sufyani was informed of the killing of the pure soul, which is what was prescribed for him, then the majority of Muslims fled from the sanctuary of the Messenger of...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  943. Only two men from the dog, named Wabar and Wabir, escape from them. Their faces are transformed into their faces

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  944. No one escapes from them except a good tidings and a warner. As for the good tidings, he comes to the Mahdi in Mecca and his companions and informs them of what happened ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  945. O Bayda, I will take your family by my hand, and you will be destroyed by them, except for a man from Bujaila. Allah will turn his face to the back of his head to inform ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  946. None of them will be saved except one man. Allah will turn his face to the back of his head, and he will walk as if he were level before his hands

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  947. If an army collapses in Al-Bayda, it is a sign of the emergence of the Mahdi

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  948. The Mahdi will not emerge until the sun appears with a sign

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  949. The sign of the Mahdi’s emergence is banners coming from Morocco, bearing a lame man from Kinda

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  950. The Sufyani and the Mahdi will emerge as betting horses, so the Sufyani will prevail over what follows him, and the Mahdi over what follows him.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  951. During the rule of Sufyani II, you see a sign in the sky

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  952. The Mahdi will not emerge until the Sufyani rises on its pillars

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  953. The Sufyani will not emerge until the darkness is cleared

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  954. The Mahdi will not emerge until he denies Allah openly

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  955. Damrah told us, on the authority of Ibn Shawdhab, on the authority of Ibn Sirin, who said: The Mahdi will not emerge until he kills seven out of every nine.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  956. The Mahdi will not emerge until a third is killed, a third dies, and a third remains

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  957. The Mahdi will not come out until some of you spit in each other's faces

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  958. The sign of the Mahdi’s exit is that if the army of Al-Baida is eclipsed, it is a sign of the Mahdi’s exit

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  959. The gathering of people against the Mahdi in the year two hundred and four. Ibn Lahi’a said: According to the non-Arabs, not according to the Arabs

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  960. The sign of the Mahdi is when the Turks descend upon you, and your caliph who collects money dies, and a weak person is appointed as his successor, and he is deposed two ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  961. The Mahdi will not come out until a man brings out a beautiful slave girl and says: Who will buy this for her weight in food? Then the Mahdi will emerge

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  962. If a caller calls from heaven: The truth is in the family of Muhammad, then the Mahdi will appear in the mouths of the people, and they will drink in his love, and they w...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  963. There will be temptations, then there will be a group headed by a man from my family, who has no share with Allah, and he will be killed or die, and then the Mahdi will a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  964. The Mahdi will not emerge until there is no Qalil or Ibn Qalil left except that he perishes, and it is said: the head

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  965. A man from the Banu Hashim reigns and kills the Umayyads until only a few of them remain, and no one else is killed. Then a man from the Umayyads emerges and kills two fo...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  966. The Euphrates will uncover a mountain of gold and silver, and seven out of every nine will be killed for it. If you reach it, do not approach it.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  967. The fourth sedition lasts for twelve years, and it will clear up when it clears, and the Euphrates has receded from a mountain of gold, so seven out of every nine will be...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  968. There will be a large community in the Euphrates region in the Sham (Greater Syria) region, or a little after it, and they will fight over money, and seven out of every n...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  969. The fourth trial lasts eighteen years, then it clears up when it clears, and the Euphrates has receded, creating a mountain of gold upon which the nation will fall, and s...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  970. That's really the prince, three times over

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  971. Rather, the lower voice comes from Satan to confuse people

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  972. A prince from the family of Abu Sufyan II will be appointed as a prince for the season, and a delegation will be sent with him. When they are at the season, they hear a c...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  973. No, my son, but after it will be a trial in which the people will perish, and their affairs will not be settled until a caller calls from the sky: “You are upon so-and-so...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  974. There will be a turmoil in the Sham (Greater Syria), as if the beginning of it was boys’ play, then the people’s affairs would not be settled on anything, and they would ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  975. Ibn Wahb told us, on the authority of Iyadh ibn Abdullah al-Fihri, on the authority of Muhammad ibn Yazid ibn al-Muhajir, on the authority of Ibn al-Musayyab, and somethi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  976. Iyad said, and Muhammad ibn al-Mankadir told us, he heard Abd al-Malik ibn Marwan mentioning, on the authority of a man, one of their scholars, something similar.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  977. During Muharram, a caller calls from the sky: Allah’s chosen one is so-and-so among His creation, so listen to him and obey him in the year of sound and fanfare.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  978. If he kills the pure soul and his brother, he will be killed in a small village in Mecca. A herald will call from the sky: Your leader is so-and-so, and that is the Mahdi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  979. There will be division and disagreement until a hand appears from the sky and a herald calls out: Your prince is so-and-so

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  980. After the eclipse, a caller will call from the sky: The truth is in the family of Muhammad, at the beginning of the day, then a herald will call at the end of the day: Th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  981. If the Sufyani and the Mahdi meet to fight, on that day a voice will be heard from the sky: Indeed, the friends of Allah are the companions of so-and-so, meaning the Mahd...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  982. If the people are in Mina and Arafat, after the tribes have joined forces, a caller calls out: “Indeed, your prince is so-and-so,” followed by another voice: “Indeed, he ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  983. In Dhul-Qa'dah, the tribes join forces, and in that year the pilgrims plunder, and there is a battle at Mina, in which the dead are many, and blood is shed in it until th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  984. People perform Hajj together, and they know each other without an imam. While they were descending on Mina, he seized them like a dog, and the tribes revolted against eac...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  985. In Dhu al-Qa'dah, tribes side with their tribes, and in Dhul-Hijjah, pilgrims loot, and what is forbidden and what is forbidden?

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  986. In Dhul-Qa'dah, the tribes fight one another, in Dhul-Hijjah the pilgrims loot, and in Muharram a herald calls from the sky.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  987. Allah Almighty will send the Mahdi after Iyas, and until the people say: There is no Mahdi, and his supporters are people from the Sham (Greater Syria), numbering three h...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  988. The Mahdi pledges allegiance between the Corner and the Maqam, he will not wake up a sleeper, nor will he shed blood

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  989. Abdullah bin Amr said, “An army is called the army of Al-Barada’. They cut the bars and take them for free.” He said: “On that day, only a number of the people of Badr, t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  990. However, it will be a strife, and people will pray together, perform Hajj together, worship together, and sacrifice together, then they will rage like a dog, fighting unt...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  991. He leaves Medina for Mecca, and the people extract him from among them, and they pledge allegiance to him between the corner and the Maqam, but he hates it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  992. His emirate brings him happiness while he is at home

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  993. If the black banners defeat the horses of the Sufyani, which contains Shuaib bin Saleh, the people will wish for the Mahdi, and they will seek him, so he will leave Mecca...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  994. Three members of the Quraish will go to Mecca from the Sufyani army, and they will be looked at. When the eclipse reaches them, they will gather in Mecca to those three p...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  995. Al-Mahdi will forcefully extract from Mecca the descendants of Fatima and pledge allegiance

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  996. Then the Mahdi will appear in Mecca at the evening prayer, carrying the banner of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, his shirt, his sword, and signs, light, and a statement. When ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  997. If trade and roads are cut off, and strife increases, seven scholarly men from various regions will come out without an appointment, and three hundred and fifteen men wil...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  998. The gangs of Iraq and the replacements of the Sham (Greater Syria) come to him and pledge allegiance to him between the corner and the Maqam, and he throws Islam into his...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  999. If the seeker in Mecca hears of the eclipse, he will go out with twelve thousand, including the Abdals, until they come down to Elijah. Then the one who sent the army whe...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1000. He continues until Ilya descends, and the other party pledges allegiance to him, then he regrets it, resigns and dismisses him, then orders his killing and the killing of...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1001. The other receives it by selling it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1002. He will come out with twelve thousand, if they are few, or fifteen thousand if they are many. Terror will prevail before him, and no enemy will meet him except that he wi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1003. Allah will send among the people of the Sham (Greater Syria) someone to disperse their group, even if the foxes fight them and defeat them, and then a man from my family ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1004. Nine black flags

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1005. Al-Mahdi, Al-Sufyani, and Kalba fight in Bayt Al-Maqdis when the pledge of allegiance resigns, and Al-Sufyani is brought captive, ordered to be slaughtered at the Gate of...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1006. If Al-Sufyani sends an army to the Mahdi and he overwhelms them in Al-Bayda, and this reaches the people of the Sham (Greater Syria), they say to their caliph: The Mahdi ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1007. I wished I could realize the plunder of the Bedouins, but it is the plunder of a dog, for the one who is disappointed is the one who is disappointed in the day of a dog...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1008. May Allah relieve the temptations of a man among us who brandishes them with shame and gives them nothing but the sword. He places the sword on his shoulder for eight mon...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1009. If the army of Sufyani collapses, the ruler of Mecca will say: This is the sign that you were informing about, so they will march to the Sham (Greater Syria), and the rul...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1010. He marches with them in twelve thousand if they are few, and fifteen thousand if they are many, their motto is: Die, die, until the Sufyani meets him and says: Bring out ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1011. Deprived of the forbidden spoils of a dog

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1012. The Mahdi will emerge from Mecca after the eclipse with three hundred and fourteen men, equal to the number of the people of Badr, and he and the companion of the Sufyani...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1013. Al-Mahdi will pledge allegiance to seven scholarly men who went to Mecca from different parts of the world without an appointment. Three hundred and twelve men have pledg...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1014. If you see a caliph in Bayt al-Maqdis, and another without him, meaning in Damascus, do not follow the one without him, for he is more misguided than his people’s donkey....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1015. The caliph in Jerusalem kills the caliph below him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1016. Al-Sufyani is the one who pushes the caliphate to the Mahdi

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1017. Al-Sakhri enters Kufa ، Then he will be informed of the appearance of the Mahdi in Mecca ، Then a delegation will be sent to him from Kufa ، It will be destroyed and none...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1018. He pledges allegiance to him, then the Mahdi returns to Mecca for three years, then a man emerges from a dog, and those who were in the land of Aram are forced out, so he...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1019. Al-Mahdi will be sent to fight the Romans, he will be given the jurisprudence of ten, the Ark of Tranquility will be extracted from a cave in Antioch, in which is the Tor...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1020. He is called the Mahdi because he guides to a hidden matter, and extracts the Torah and the Gospel from a land called Antioch.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1021. The Mahdi will repay injustices, even if there is something under a person’s tooth that he has extracted until he repays it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1022. With the Mahdi is the victorious banner of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ. I wish I had caught up with him with courage.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1023. Yahya bin Al-Yaman told us, on the authority of Sufyan Al-Thawri, on the authority of Abu Ishaq, on the authority of Nawf Al-Bikali, he said: “On the banner of the Mahdi ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1024. He is the latter of them, and is equal to a prophet

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1025. Al-Mahdi is as if he were giving foam to the poor

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1026. Al-Mahdi will bring out the Torah fresh, meaning fresh, from Antioch

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1027. The leaders of the Mahdi are the best of people. The people who supported him and pledged allegiance to him were from the people of Kufan ​​and Yemen, and the Abdal of th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1028. The sign of the Mahdi is that he will be tough on workers, generous with money, and merciful to the poor

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1029. At the end of time, a caliph will emerge who will give money without number

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1030. We heard that the Mahdi is doing something that Omar bin Abdul Aziz did not do, so we said: What is it? He said: “A man comes to him and asks him, and he says: Enter the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1031. I find the Mahdi written in the books of the prophets. There is no injustice or shame in his work

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1032. He was called the Mahdi because he guides to books from the books of the Torah, extracts them from the mountains of the Sham (Greater Syria), invites the Jews to them, an...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1033. If that is the case, then sit in your homes until you hear about the people saying something better than Abu Bakr and Omar (may Allah be pleased with him), who was prefer...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1034. He extracts the treasures, divides the money, and throws Islam into its hands

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1035. The inhabitant of the sky and the inhabitant of the earth are satisfied with him. The sky does not leave any of its drop without pouring it out, nor does the earth leave ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1036. He brings wealth in abundance and does not count it as anything other than it. He fills the earth with justice as it was filled with injustice and oppression

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1037. His nation will seek refuge in Him as a bee seeks refuge in its dragonfly. He will fill the earth with justice as it was filled with injustice, until people will be as th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1038. He will fill the earth with justice as it was filled before him with injustice and oppression. He will reign for seven years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1039. No, he did not complete all justice

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1040. The Mahdi are three: the Mahdi of goodness, who is Omar bin Abdul Aziz, the Mahdi of blood, who is the one upon whom the blood will stop, and the Mahdi of religion, Issa ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1041. Mahdi Al-Khair comes out after Al-Sufyani

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1042. If Al-Mahdi Zaid is the benefactor in his benevolence, and he repents to the wrongdoer for his wrongdoing, and he gives money and is generous to the workers, and has merc...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1043. I wished that I would not die until I reached the time of the Mahdi, so that the doer of good would be increased in his goodness, and the wrongdoer would be repented.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1044. In the time of the young Mahdi, he hopes to be great, and the old one hopes to be young

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1045. In the time of the Mahdi, my nation will be blessed with a blessing the likes of which they have never been blessed with. The sky will send rain upon them, and the earth ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1046. Abu Muawiyah told us, on the authority of Musa, on the authority of Zaid, on the authority of Abu al-Siddiq, on the authority of Abu Sa`id, on the authority of the Prophe...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1047. It has reached me that at the hands of the Mahdi, the Ark of Tranquility will appear from the Lake of Tiberias, until it is carried and placed in front of him in Jerusale...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1048. When the Mahdi comes out, Allah Almighty will throw wealth into the hearts of the servants, until the Mahdi says: Who wants money? No one would come to him except one, an...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1049. Al-Mahdi will appear while the spoils have been dispersed, and he will console the people regarding what he has achieved, not preferring anyone over anyone else, and he w...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1050. Al-Mahdi will be restored by Allah Almighty in one night

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1051. Go ahead, Commander of the Faithful. You are not his companion. Rather, his companion is a young man from among us who will swear by him in the cause of Allah at the end ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1052. There will be a caliph in my nation who will earn money and will not count it as anything other than it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1053. A man from my family will come out at the end of time and the emergence of temptations, and his giving will be urgent. He is called the killer.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1054. The Caliphate will descend in Jerusalem. It will be a guided pledge of allegiance. It will be permissible for those whose women pledge allegiance to him. He says: He will...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1055. If you see a caliph in Bayt al-Maqdis, and another without him, meaning in Damascus, do not follow the one without him, for he is more misguided than his people’s donkey....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1056. The caliph in Jerusalem, next to him, will be killed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1057. The first brigade that the Mahdi will convene is that he will send it to the Turks and defeat them, and take their captives and wealth, then he will go to the Sham (Great...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1058. The Mahdi is humble to Allah like the humility of an eagle spreading its wings

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1059. Al-Mahdi has fulfilled my life

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1060. Al-Mahdi has elongated the forehead and narrowed the nose

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1061. Al-Mahdi has fulfilled my life

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1062. Al-Mahdi has narrowed the nose and cleared the forehead

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1063. Al-Mahdi is one or fifty-two years old

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1064. Al-Mahdi will emerge when he is forty years old, as if he were a man from the children of Israel

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1065. He is young

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1066. His name is my name, and his father's name is my father's name

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1067. A man emerges during a period of interruption and the appearance of temptations, and his giving is urgent, and he is called the murderer

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1068. A young boy with a light, yellow beard will appear on the banner of the Mahdi. If he faced the mountains, he would shake them and move them until Elijah descends.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1069. Al-Mahdi is a bright-eyed man. He comes from Hijaz until he stands on the pulpit of Damascus. He is eighteen years old.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1070. Al-Mahdi was born in Medina. He is from the family of the Prophet ﷺ. His name is the name of my father, and his emigration is Jerusalem. He has a thick beard, dark-eyed, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1071. He is a boy from the Quraysh, Adam is one of the men

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1072. Al-Mahdi is sixty years old

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1073. Al-Mahdi's name coincides with my name, and his father's name is my father's name, and I heard him more than once not mentioning his father's name

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1074. Al-Mahdi’s name is the same as my name, and his father’s name is my father’s name. Abu al-Qasim al-Tabarani said: The correct opinion is on the authority of Asim, on the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1075. The name of Mahdi Muhammad is the name of a prophet

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1076. I know his name, his father's name, and his mother's name

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1077. The name Mahdi is my name

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1078. Al-Mahdi's name is my name, and his father's name is my father's name

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1079. Right, he said: I said: Who is he from? He said: From Quraysh. I said: From which Quraysh? He said: From Bani Hashem. I said: From which Bani Hashem? He said: From Bani A...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1080. He is a man from my family, from my family

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1081. He is my man

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1082. Among us is the guide and the guided, and among us is the misguided

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1083. Al-Mahdi is a young man from among our family. He said: I said: Your elders are unable to do it, but your youth hope for it? He said: Allah does whatever He wants

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1084. May Allah send the Mahdi from us, Ahl al-Bayt

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1085. The Mahdi is from us, he will give it to Jesus, son of Mary, peace be upon him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1086. Rather, from us, through us the religion will be sealed just as through us it was opened, and through us they will be saved from the error of strife just as they were sav...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1087. Through us the religion is sealed just as through us it was opened, and through us they are saved from polytheism from misguidance, and through us Allah unites their hear...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1088. He is a man from my family

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1089. He is a man from my family, who fights based on my Sunnah just as I fought based on revelation

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1090. He is a man of my nation

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1091. He is from my family

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1092. A man from the descendants of Al-Hussein will emerge from the east, and if the mountains faced him, he would demolish them and make roads through them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1093. If he is, then he is from the son of Abd Shams

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1094. What Mahdi do you say? He said: As you say: The righteous man. If the man is righteous, he is called the Mahdi. Ibn Omar said: May Allah disgrace foolishness, as if he de...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1095. Omar bin Abdul Aziz is truly the Mahdi

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1096. I do not see a Mahdi. If he is a Mahdi, then he is Omar bin Abdul Aziz

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1097. Omar bin Abdul Aziz was a Mahdi and he is not. Indeed, if the Mahdi is Zaid, the benefactor in his good deeds, and repents to the wrongdoer for his wrongdoing.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1098. A man will emerge from the descendants of Al-Hussein. If the mountains faced him, he would guide them and take paths through them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1099. He is from Banu Hashim, descended from Fatima

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1100. The Mahdi to whom Jesus, son of Mary, will descend, and after whom Jesus, peace be upon them, will pray

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1101. He is from the family of the Prophet, ﷺ

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1102. Al-Mahdi is from the descendants of Abbas

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1103. He is my man

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1104. The Mahdi is from this nation, and he is the one who leads Jesus, son of Mary, peace be upon them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1105. Mahdi Isa, son of Mary, peace be upon him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1106. He is Jesus, son of Mary

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1107. He is from the family of Muhammad, ﷺ

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1108. He is a man from my family

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1109. Al-Mahdi is from the descendants of Fatima

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1110. The Prophet ﷺ named Al-Hasan as master, and from his loins will emerge a man named after your Prophet, who will fill the earth with justice as it was filled with injustic...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1111. Al-Mahdi is from the descendants of Fatima (may Allah be pleased with him). A

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1112. The Mahdi is only from the Quraysh, and the caliphate is only among them, except that he has origin and lineage in Yemen

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1113. Allah Almighty has guided this nation with the first people of this house, and will save it with the last of them, in which two male and one-horned goats will not butt he...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1114. Al-Mahdi is a man from among us, from the descendants of Fatima (may Allah be pleased with him).

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1115. The Mahdi is from us, the people of the House

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1116. Mahdi Isa, son of Mary, peace be upon him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1117. The Mahdi will remain for forty years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1118. Al-Mahdi will live in that, meaning after he reigns, for seven, eight, or nine years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1119. Abd al-Razzaq told us, on the authority of Muammar, on the authority of Abu Harun, on the authority of Muawiyah bin Qurrah, on the authority of Abu al-Siddiq, on the auth...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1120. He lives there for seven years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1121. He lives seven or nine years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1122. He lives seven days and then dies

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1123. Seven Eight Nine Ibn Wahb told us, on the authority of Al Harith Ibn Nabhan, on the authority of Amr Ibn Dinar, on the authority of Abu Nadhrah, on the authority of Abu S...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1124. The Mahdi will be among my nation. If he shortens, then seven, otherwise, then eight, and if not, then nine

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1125. The Mahdi will remain among you for thirty-nine years. The young one will say: I wish I had reached puberty, and the old one will say: I wish I were young.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1126. The Mahdi's life is thirty years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1127. The Mahdi will reign for seven years, two months and days

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1128. The Mahdi will remain for forty years, forty and twenty-four years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1129. The Mahdi lives for fourteen years, then dies

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1130. The Mahdi will rule the people for thirty or forty years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1131. I have heard that if the Mahdi dies, the matter will become chaos among the people, and they will kill each other, and foreigners will appear, and epics will continue, an...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1132. Al-Mahdi dies a death, then the people will follow him after him, a man from his family in whom there is good and evil, and his evil is greater than his good. He angers t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1133. Al-Mahdi will die, then the people will fall into strife after him, and a man from Banu Makhzum will come to them and pledge allegiance to him. He will stay for a while, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1134. The people of Yemen are fighting fiercely in Mesopotamia ، Allah will defeat him and those with him ، The people of the East and those with him are terrified only by the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1135. What is Al-Qahtani without Al-Mahdi?

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1136. Days and nights do not pass until a man from Qahtan drives people away

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1137. Narrated Abu Hurairah (ra):The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The hour will not be established unless a man from the tribe of Qahtan appears, driving the people with his stick (rulin...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1138. There is no mother for anyone who is overtaken by the Makhzoumi caliphate

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1139. At the hands of that Yamani, the Lesser Epic of Akka would take place, when the fifth of Heraclius’s people would rule

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1140. Al-Yamani appears and kills Quraysh in Jerusalem, and epics are written at his hands

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1141. After the tyrants, Al-Jaber, then Al-Mahdi, then Al-Mansour, then Al-Salam, then the Prince of Wrath, so whoever is destined to die after that, let him die.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1142. O people of Yemen, you say: Al-Mansour is among you, and by the One in whose hand is my soul, he is my father’s Quraysh, and if he wanted me to name him to the fullest ex...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1143. There will be from my family a man who will fill the earth with justice as it was filled with injustice, and then after him will be Al-Qahtani, and by the One who sent me...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1144. At the hands of that Yamani Caliph, and during his rule, Rome was conquered

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1145. This matter will continue among the Quraysh as long as two men remain among the people

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1146. There is nothing after Quraysh except pre-Islamic times

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1147. A time will come upon the people when a man from the Quraysh is found to be treated with what is done to a wild donkey when it hunts, and the turban is found on his head ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1148. I wished that the soul that Allah humiliates and disgraces when killing Quraysh was killed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1149. If there is a lot of commotion among the people, the people will say: This fighting is for the Quraysh and theirs, so kill them until you are at peace. They will kill the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1150. If Al-Yamani appears, the Quraysh will be killed on that day in Jerusalem

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1151. This matter was among Himyar, so Allah Almighty removed it from them and placed it among the Quraysh, and it will return to them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1152. A stone was found in a grave in Dhofar, in which it was written in the Musnad: Khouri and Tarbi, Kil Yasik Ra’al, Hamadi, Nilak, Jal, and the freedmen of Nah Yathur, Ad, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1153. If Yemen kills the owner of Bayt al-Maqdis, they will attack the Quraysh and kill them, and not one of them will remain without killing him, until one of their sandals is...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1154. The king was in Jurhum, so they became arrogant and fought among themselves, envying the kingship until they were exhausted. And the Quraysh would fight in the same way, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1155. An angel comes down to Jerusalem and tramples over it until he wears the crown, and he is the one who expels the people of Yemen, and it is as if I am looking at the rock...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1156. The Mahdi will descend in Bayt al-Maqdis, then there will be caliphs from his family after him, their term will be prolonged, and they will be arrogant until the people p...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1157. After the Mahdi, there will not be anyone from his family who treats people justly, and their oppression of the people after the Mahdi will continue until the people pray...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1158. Days will not pass until a caliph from the Quraysh descends on Jerusalem, gathering all his people from the Quraysh in their position and position, and they exaggerate in...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1159. A man from Banu Hashim descends on Jerusalem, guarded by twelve thousand people

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1160. His guard was thirty-six thousand, and twelve thousand on each road to Jerusalem

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1161. His life will be long, he will be arrogant, his veil will become tight at the end of his time, and his wealth and the wealth of his will increase, until he becomes as fat...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1162. Let them circumambulate this mosque of yours with a slave girl whose front hair can be seen behind her dress. Let one of the people say: By Allah, this is evil of guidanc...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1163. In his time, there will be trembling, distortion, and collapse. The beginning of his time is for you, O people of Yemen, and the end of it is upon you, until he orders th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1164. If the people gathered in Wadi Iliya, Nizar said: O Nizar, and Qahtan said: O Qahtan, send patience, raise victory, and impose iron on one another.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1165. If you realize that, you will be with the people of Yemen and they will prevail

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1166. Qais does not cease to seek the religion of Allah for evil until Allah drives her with His soldiers, so they do not prevent the tail - the belly - of Talah. O brother Muh...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1167. When the war had ended, Mudar said to the Qurayshi who was in Jerusalem: Allah has given you what He did not give to anyone else, so limit it to your father’s children. H...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1168. So they gathered and looked to whom they would pledge allegiance to, and while they were there, when they heard a voice said by neither a human nor a jinn, they pledged a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1169. He is a Yemeni from Quraish, and he is the prince of the Assab, and the Assab is derogatory of the people of Yemen and those who followed them from all those who left Jer...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1170. Then the people of Yemen will go out to the front of the earth and settle on Lakhm and Jadham, and will comfort them in their livelihood until they are equal in it.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1171. So Lakhm, Leprosy, Jadis, and Amila will be Mughtha to them on that day, just as Yusuf was Mughtha to the family of Yaqub. So Yemen and Al-Hamra, who are the loyal ones, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1172. Religion is diminished until no one says: There is no god but Allah, and some of them said: Until it is not said: Allah is Allah. Then the dragonfly strikes religion with...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1173. Whoever can die after the prince of the clan, let him die

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1174. Three princes follow one another, all lands are conquered over them, all of them are righteous: Al-Jaber, then Al-Mufarraj, then Dhul-Asab. They stay for forty years, and...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1175. The owner of the evacuation of the people of Yemen is a man from Banu Hashim, his home is Jerusalem, and his guard is twelve thousand. He evacuates the people of Yemen un...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1176. Mudar meets, I don’t know whether Rabia’a follows them or not, and the people of Yemen meet in Wadi Ilya, and they fight, and Mudar is killed until the valley flows with ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1177. Qais accepted that day until nothing remained of them to fill the bottom of a valley, nor the top of a hill

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1178. I have heard that the Mahdi will stay for fourteen years in Jerusalem, then he will die, and then after him he will be of honorable mention from the people of Tabi’. He i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1179. Your affairs will be handled by young men from Quraish, who will be like the heifers tending to the stalls. If they let go, they will eat what is in their hands, and if t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1180. O people of Yemen, how will you fare if we expel you from the Sham (Greater Syria) and control it for you? They said: Will that be? He said: Yes, by the Lord of the Kaaba...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1181. You will no longer live in prosperity unless the Caliph descends on Jerusalem

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1182. He will follow the Mahdi and show his justice, then he will die, then after him will follow from among his family those who will be just, then he will follow among them t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1183. After the Mahdi, who will expel the people of Yemen to their country, then Al-Mansour, then after him, the Mahdi, at whose hands the Roman city will be conquered.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1184. The Mahdi is only from Quraysh, and the caliphate is only from Quraysh, but he has origin and lineage in Yemen.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1185. The Quraysh were given what the people were not given. They were given what rained from the sky, what the rivers flowed with, and what the torrents flowed with, and those...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1186. O people of Quraysh, you will continue to be the rulers of this matter as long as you obey Allah Almighty. If you disobey Him, you will be judged from the face of the ear...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1187. After the Mahdi, there will be a caliph from the people of Yemen, from Qahtan, the Mahdi’s brother in religion, who will do his work, and he will conquer the city of Byza...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1188. The first people were the annihilation of Quraysh

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1189. If Nizar says: O Nizar, and the people of Yemen say: O Qahtan, patience descends, victory is lifted, and iron is imposed upon them.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1190. Al-Qahtani after the Mahdi, and by the One who sent me with the truth, there is nothing less than him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1191. There will be a truce between the Mahdi and the Romans, then the Mahdi will perish, then a man from his household will follow, and he will do justice a little, then he wi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1192. O people of Yemen, how will you fare if Mudar expels you? We said: Is that so, Abu Muhammad? He said: Yes, and by the One in whose hand is my soul, they are unjust to you...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1193. The companion of the soldiers on the day of Aqaba, a boy from Madhahij, woke up riding a female horse, with a mark on its thigh or leg.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1194. Do not be suspicious of the Quraysh's destruction, for they will be the first to perish. Even a sandal will be found in the dustbin and it will be said: Take these sandal...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1195. Your people are the quickest to perish. Whatever makes you cry, O Aisha, you think that Bani Taim are less than the Quraysh. I did not want your group in particular, but ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1196. If you see the Arabs being negligent about the command of the Quraysh, then you see the neighboring ones being negligent about the command of the Arabs, then you see the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1197. A caliph from the Banu Hashim will descend on Jerusalem and fill the earth with justice. He will build Jerusalem a building that has never been built before. He will rule...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1198. At the hands of that Caliph, Yaman, the Battle of India, which Abu Hurairah said about, would take place

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1199. A people from my nation will invade India, and Allah will grant them victory until they bring the kings of India in chains. Allah will forgive them their sins, and they w...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1200. By Allah, among us after that: Al-Saffah, Al-Mansour, and Al-Mahdi, who will hand it over to Jesus, son of Mary

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1201. Al-Saffah, then Al-Mansur, then Jabir, then Al-Mahdi, then Al-Amin, then Sin and Salam, then the Emir of Al-Asab, six of them were from the descendants of Ka’b bin Luay, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1202. Al-Saffah, Salam, Mansour, Jabir, Al-Amin, and the Emir of Al-Asab, all of them are Saleh, the likes of whom are not known, all of them are from Banu Ka’b bin Luay, and a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1203. Al-Mansour, Al-Mahdi, and Al-Saffah are descendants of Al-Abbas

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1204. Al-Mansour Mansour Bani Hashem

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1205. The prince of the tribe is Yamani. Al-Walid said: And in the knowledge of Ka`b: Yamani, Quraishi, and he is the prince of the tribe

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1206. Al-Qahtani after the Mahdi, and what is below him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1207. Al-Mansur Himyar, the fifteenth caliph

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1208. Al-Jaber, then Al-Mahdi, then Al-Mansur, then Al-Salam, then the Commander of the Assab. Whoever is able to die after that, let him die.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1209. Three successive caliphs, all of them righteous, upon whom the lands would be conquered. The first of them was Jabir, the second was al-Mufarraj, and the third was Dhu al...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1210. A man from my household, called al-Saffah, will appear at the end of time and the emergence of temptations, and his giving will be urgent.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1211. I have heard that the Mahdi lives forty years, then dies in his bed, then a man emerges from Qahtan with pierced ears, following the manner of the Mahdi, he lives for twe...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1212. A king in Jerusalem sends an army to India and conquers it, takes its treasures, and makes it an adornment of Jerusalem. They attack it with the kings of India in chains....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1213. You will not cease living in prosperity until the Caliphate descends on Jerusalem

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1214. So that the Messiah, son of Mary, may be met by men from my nation, who are like you or the best of them are like you or last

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1215. A man from the Quraysh will be appointed as successor due to the evil of creation ، He descends on Jerusalem ، The treasuries and noble people are transferred to him ، Th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1216. A man from among us will follow at the end of time for forty years, and the epics will be for seven years remaining in his caliphate, then he will die in the depths of gr...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1217. The owner of Rumiyah is a man from Banu Hashim, his name is Al-Asbagh bin Yazid, and he is the one who conquers it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1218. After Mahdi Al-Qahtani, there will be no one who sent me with the truth

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1219. O Abu Amer, sharpen your sword, take forty barren goats, and prepare a load, livestock, and waterskins, as if you have removed from them blasphemy, blasphemy.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1220. Woe to the fat women, and blessed are the poor. Dress your women in sandals and teach them to walk in their homes, for they are about to go out to that.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1221. The debt is still being paid by the remaining twenty men of the Quraysh

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1222. This matter was among Himyar, so Allah removed it from them and placed it among the Quraysh, and it will return to them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1223. The oppression of Mudar continues to tempt every righteous servant of Allah and kill him, until Allah, His angels, and the believers strike them with those who are with H...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1224. The people among them are innocent except for the Quraysh. Days and nights do not pass until a man from the Quraysh is brought and his turban is removed from his head. Th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1225. The destruction of my nation, or the corruption of my nation, at the head of the leadership of Aghilaam from the Quraysh

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1226. Ibn Abd al-Warith narrated to us, on the authority of Hammad bin Salamah, on the authority of Ammar bin Abi Ammar, on the authority of Yazid bin Sharik, on the authority ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1227. O Amr bin Sali’, if you see Qais marching in the Sham (Greater Syria), be careful. Mudar will continue to kill the believers and afflict them until Allah, His angels, and...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1228. Who is King Dhofar? He said to Himyar the good guys: Who is King Dhofar for? For Knight of the Free, for whom is King Dhofar? For Quraysh merchants

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1229. The Quraysh gave what the people were not given. They gave what rained from the sky, with which the rivers flowed, and with which the torrents flowed. And those who passe...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1230. The first people to perish with Quraysh, and the first to perish with my family

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1231. After the Mahdi, there will be a man from Qahtan with pierced ears, in the manner of the Mahdi. His life will be twenty years, then he will die with a weapon, then a man ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1232. A king in Jerusalem sends an army to India and conquers it. They trample on the land of India and take its treasures, so that king becomes an adornment of Jerusalem, and ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1233. They will invade India. You have an army. Allah will grant them victory until they bring their kings bound in chains. Allah will forgive their sins. When they depart, the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1234. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said:"The Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) promised us (a) battle expedition (in) India. If I live to see that, I will expend myself and my wealth...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1235. At the hands of that Yamani Caliph, through whom Constantinople and Rome were conquered, the Dajjal will emerge, and in his time Jesus, son of Mary (peace be upon him), w...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1236. A people from my nation will invade India, and Allah will grant them victory until they bring the kings of India in chains, so Allah will forgive them their sins, so they...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1237. In the state of Al-Qahtani, an otter fights with chicks and donkeys, and on that day is a man from Kindah. An otter kills him and hangs his head from a tree in the mosque...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1238. Donkeys and an otter fight in Homs, on a grizzled mule. An otter brings on donkeys between them and the Euphrates, and they fight in the Rastan market. The two horses wal...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1239. An otter and a donkey fight in Homs, between Bab al-Rastan and the Qubbah, and there is a great fight between them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1240. Then the fighting in Homs will intensify until what is between its markets is destroyed, and until an otter comes and extends it from between the Euphrates and below, and...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1241. I heard in the state of Yazid ibn Abd al-Malik that Qada'ah and Al-Yaman would fight in Homs, until both sides demolished what was between the two markets, between Bab al...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1242. There are three mosques in Homs: a mosque for Satan and its people, meaning to Satan, a mosque for Allah and its people for Satan, and a mosque for Allah and its people f...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1243. Do not spill water in the house of Abbas, for it has been used as a mosque. Soon this mosque of yours will fall and you will move to it and take it as a mosque, so do not...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1244. Woe to Aad from Aim if she grows up as a dog with hummus and children

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1245. There will be a cry in Homs: let one of you stay in his house and not go out for three hours

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1246. O Messenger of Allah, why do I see you rolling your eyes? He said: Prepare for the descent of Jesus, son of Mary, peace be upon him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1247. The Romans have a king who does not disobey him or hardly disobeys him at all, so he marches with them until he settles them in such-and-such a land for days that I forgo...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1248. to lie ، May Allah fix the prince ، I know people in Tabares ، If he was among ten thousand, I would have taken him out ، Tabaris is a serious man ، Answer him ، Ugly tee...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1249. By the One in whose hand is my soul ، So that it can accommodate the Muslims who come to it just as the womb expands over the child. He said: I said: What is the necklace...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1250. No ship will ever sail on the sea after the conquest of Rome. Ka'b said: Fighting deeds is associated with temptations, because three entire tribes join in disbelief in t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1251. No way, no way ، By the One in whose hand is my soul, without it, O Hudhayfah, there are six qualities ، The first of them is my death. He said: I said: We belong to Alla...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1252. He will be the Imam of the Muslims in Jerusalem, and he will be sent to Egypt and the people of Iraq, seeking them from them and not coming to him. His mail passes throug...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1253. The Romans descend on the plain of Acre, and conquer Palestine, the Jordan Valley, and Jerusalem, and they do not pass the Afiq Aqaba for forty days. Then the Imam of the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1254. The Romans from the Sham (Greater Syria) will come up for forty mornings, and only Damascus and Upper Balqa will abstain from it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1255. A Roman king conquers all of the Sham (Greater Syria) except Damascus and Amman, then he is defeated and Caesarea, the land of the Romans, is built, and it becomes a host...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1256. Then the Romans will send you to ask for peace, and you will make peace with them. On that day, the woman will cross the path to the Sham (Greater Syria) in safety, and t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1257. You will make a safe peace with the Romans until you, while they are an enemy, invade from behind them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1258. You will invade Constantinople in three battles: the first will befall you, the second will bring about peace between you and them until you build a mosque in their city,...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1259. Then you depart, having achieved victory and spoils, and they go down to a hilly meadow, and someone who says to them says: The cross has defeated, and a Muslim says: Nay...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1260. Then the Romans would betray those who were there, and they would gather and bring an army into the sea from Rome. Over them would be a companion of theirs called Al-Jama...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1261. If you build a city six miles from Damascus, then gather for epics

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1262. He will come out in six thousand ships, then he will order the ships to be burned

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1263. It is burned until the necks of camels are illuminated at night with the flesh of leprosy from their fire

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1264. O community of Ash'aris, beware of farms and houses, for it is about to be unsuitable for you, and you must use blond goats, horses, and long spears.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1265. The lands of Rome are about to emerge the nation of Muhammad ﷺ from the fields of wheat

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1266. O brother of the people of the Sham (Greater Syria), the Romans will expel you from the Sham (Greater Syria), and the Roman cavalry will stand on this mountain, which on ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1267. Twelve Persian kings are attending the great epic, the youngest of whom is a king and the least of whom are soldiers is the ruler of the Romans. Allah Almighty has two tr...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1268. If the idol of the Khalsa is worshiped, the Romans will appear in the Sham (Greater Syria), and on that day they will send to the people of Qardh to seek help from them, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1269. There will come reinforcements of soldiers, and there will be no shortages between them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1270. The Romans on the day of the epic. Ka’b said: “Allah provoked the Bedouins at the beginning of Islam, so they said: {Our wealth and our families occupied us} [Al-Fath: 11...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1271. In that fight, there will be severe reaction

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1272. Allah will reveal the group that emerges, and He will cause them to be attacked by their enemy, and some men will plunge into disbelief. Muhammad said: I do not know of a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1273. The Arab tribes will join the Romans, all of them with their shepherds and dogs, Allah willing, O Abu Muhammad. So he got up angrily, Allah willing, and wrote it down.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1274. A third disbelieved, and a third returned in doubt, and they were destroyed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1275. The failed group of Muslims in the depths of Akka and Antioch, they will be torn apart from the earth in a hole, and they will enter it without seeing Paradise, and they ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1276. A third are defeated, and they are the worst of creation in the sight of Allah Almighty

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1277. A man among them will follow at the end of time for forty years, and the epics will be for the remaining seven years of his caliphate, then he will die in the depths of g...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1278. Then the Caliph of the Muslims would be killed on that day, numbering one thousand and four hundred, all of them a prince and a standard-bearer. The Muslims on that day, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1279. By Allah, after that, among us is the Assassin, the Mansour, and the Mahdi, who will hand it over to Jesus, son of Mary, peace be upon him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1280. They fight in the depths in intense combat, and victory is lifted, patience is exhausted, and iron is sharpened against one another, until the horses run to their knees f...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1281. That is the most honorable martyr in Islam, except for Hamza bin Abdul Muttalib. Then the angels say: Our Lord, will you not permit us to support Your servants? He will s...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1282. If the companion of Al-Adham appears in Alexandria and the land of Egypt, the Arabs will follow Yathrib and the Hijaz, and will emerge from the Sham (Greater Syria), and ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1283. The first epic, according to Daniel, takes place in Alexandria ، They leave with their ships, and the people of Egypt seek help from the people of the Sham (Greater Syria...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1284. The Romans enter Jerusalem with seventy crosses until they demolish it ، Obedience is still in effect as long as the caliphate was in the land of Jerusalem and the Sham (...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1285. The spring of Tel Dhi Min will explode, its water will be abundant, drowning Homs or most of it, which is east of Homs, ten miles away.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1286. It is one of the valleys of Hell, and half of Homs is drowning, and the other half is engulfed by fire

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1287. Then the Romans derive from the second nations ، Different tongues swarmed against them ، The Romans gather to them ، And Constantinople ، And Armenian ، Even shepherds a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1288. There is no longer a woman in her possessions with anything better than a washcloth and a pair of sandals. Woe to the fat women, and blessed are the poor. Dress your wome...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1289. The Romans end up at Deir Bahra, and then the route is no longer than Homs, then the Muslims return to them and defeat them.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1290. The Romans will march until they settle in Deir Bahra, and until their king places his cross and its pillars on this hill, the hill of Fahmaya. Then their first destructi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1291. If that is the case, then remain steadfast in your homes, O people of Homs, for they will perish at the hill of Fahmaya, and they will not reach you. Whoever remains stea...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1292. O Abu Amer, if you blow up these two dustbins and expel your family from Homs, I said: What do you think if I don’t? He said: If you entered Antaresus and three hundred m...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1293. What makes you cry, Abu Dhar? Today you are crying, but she recently left the Messenger of Allah, may Allah bless him, and the people are fine, and Islam is new, Abu Dhar...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1294. A man came to us while I was staying, while I was circumcised with a sweat, and he said: Is there anyone staying tonight? So they took him down, and when you looked at hi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1295. There is a queen in Morocco who rules a nation ، That nation is dazzled by Christianity ، So you build ships that this nation wants ، Even if you finish making it ، And i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1296. Al-Mansur is the Mahdi, may the people of heaven and earth, and the birds of the sky, pray for him. He is afflicted with fighting by the Romans and epics for twenty years...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1297. Oh Abu Amer ، If these two dustbins are blown up, get your family out of Homs ، He said: I said: If I don't do it? He said: If you enter Antarsus and three hundred martyr...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1298. The Romans reach Deir Bahra, and then they reach Al-Jaflah. They do not go beyond it to Homs, then the Muslims return to them, and Allah Almighty defeats them.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1299. People will be covered with hummus, something that will frighten them out of fright, until they leave it hastily, having left their world behind them, to the point that w...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1300. The Roman king descends on Deir Behra, and there will be a battle until the blood reaches the great white leper stone

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1301. Seventy thousand people will perish between Homs and Thaniyat al-Uqab, and whoever of you realizes that must take the eastern road from Homs to Sarbol, and from Sarbol to...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1302. You will still be fine as long as the people of the Peninsula do not ride with the people of Qinnasrin, and the people of Qinnasrin ride with the people of Homs. If that ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1303. Abu Ayyub told us, on the authority of Artah, on the authority of Abu Al-Zahiriyah, on the authority of Ka’b, the same

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1304. Son, we were talking about a people whose families will imprison them in perils

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1305. There will be migration after migration, as the people of the two lands will cross over to the migration of Abraham (peace be upon him), until only the worst of its peopl...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1306. If you hear on the pulpit: From Abdullah to Abdullah, get out of Egypt

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1307. The Dajjal, then Jesus, then if a man produces a mare, he will not ride her foal until the Hour comes

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1308. Nu'aym told us, then Rushdin, on the authority of Ibn Lahi'ah, on the authority of Ayyash ibn Abbas, on the authority of Abu Abd al-Rahman al-Hubali, on the authority of ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1309. The world is about to be dominated by Lakaa bin Lakaa

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1310. Constantinople heard of the devastation of Jerusalem, so it strengthened and became arrogant, so it called the arrogant, and said: The throne of my Lord will be built on ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1311. If the great epic was the Roman epic, a group of you escaped and joined the enemy, and another group left and surrendered to you, Allah eclipsed some of them, and sent up...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1312. Constantinople is conquered by the sons of Sheba and the sons of Dirty

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1313. It will be the battle of Jaffa, and the Muslims will fight them on Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, and Sunday, then Allah will give victory to the Muslims on Monda...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1314. Caesarea Al-Rum will live until the Muslims divide its meadow with ropes and arms, until the woman comes out, seeking Jerusalem, safe on her donkeys, followed by her dog,...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1315. The Romans will drive you out in disbelief and disbelief, until they bring you back to Jashm and Leprosy, until they place you in a piece of land.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1316. Allah Almighty provides the people of the Sham (Greater Syria) when the Romans fight them in the epics with two flocks, a batch of seventy thousand and a batch of eighty ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1317. O my nephew, perhaps you will realize the conquest of Constantinople. If you achieve its conquest, beware of abandoning your spoils from it, for there will be seven years...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1318. The Romans will strike the bells in Jerusalem for forty days, until the Muslim army and the Roman army meet at Mount Tur Zeta. Then the Muslims will attack the Romans, an...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1319. When the Romans came, the people would not be able to support themselves after them, and with them on that day would be the Turks, Burjan, and Al-Saqalaba

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1320. If the two ancients ruled, the ancient Arabs and the ancient Romans, the epics would be at their hands

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1321. The fifth of the family of Heraclius, on whose hands the epics will be written. Heraclius may rule, then his son Qusta bin Heraclius after him, then his son Constantine b...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1322. The best dead killed under the shade of the sky since Allah Almighty created His creation, the first of them was Abel, who was unjustly killed by the cursed Cain, then th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1323. When you conquer Rome, enter its great eastern church through its eastern gate, and assault seven naves, then uproot the eighth, for beneath it are the staff of Moses and...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1324. Constantinople is opened by a man named My Name

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1325. You will invade Constantinople in three raids. As for one raid, you will face calamity and hardship. The second raid will bring peace between you and them, until the Musl...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1326. Alexandria and the epics of the depths at the hands of Tabaris ibn Astibian ibn al-Akhram ibn Constantine ibn Heraclius

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1327. The people of Andalusia come by sea, and their ships in the sea are fifty miles long and thirteen miles wide, until they descend into the depths. Ibn Wahb said: Land and ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1328. A man who is an enemy of the Muslims in Andalusia is called Dhu al-Arf ، He brings together such a large group of polytheist tribes that the Muslims in Andalusia know tha...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1329. Entire tribes of Arabs will join the Romans. I said: What captured them? He said: Its shepherds and its dogs, and Salim bin Umair said to him: Allah willing, Abu Muhammad...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1330. If you worship Dhu al-Khalasa, the Romans will appear in the Sham (Greater Syria)

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1331. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:“When the fierce battles take place, Allah will send a troop of freed slaves who will be the best A...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1332. If it were not for the clamor of the Romans, you would have heard the sun meal if it was due

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1333. The first city of Christianity was Rome, and had it not been for the disbelief of its people, its people would have heard the cries of the sun when it set

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1334. Conquest of Constantinople, then you invade Rome, and Allah will conquer it for you. Abu Qabil said: A man from the people of Yemen, called Muhammad bin Saeed, will gover...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1335. So that you will have from your enemy this sand, an African sand, on the day when the Romans arrive with eight hundred thousand ships, and they will fight you on this san...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1336. There are five epics, two of which have passed, and three remain. The first of them is the epic of the Turks on the Peninsula, the epic of the depths, and the epic of the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1337. A boy will grow up in the Romans who grows young in one year, as young as a boy in ten years ، So it will be in Roman land and the Romans will own it for themselves ، He ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1338. There will be a despicable man from the Umayyads in Egypt, who will come to power and gain control over his power or take it away from him. He will flee to the Romans and...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1339. If you see or hear of a man from among the sons of the Titans in Egypt, who has authority greater than his own, then he flees to the Romans, then that is the first of the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1340. In the conquest of Rome, an army emerges from the west with an easterly wind. Their slingshot will not be broken, their rope will not be cut off, their castle will not be...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1341. The city of the first son of Heraclius is Constantinople

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1342. The Hour will come and the Romans will be the majority of people, and Amr ibn al-Aas wanted to rebuke him, then Amr said: If you say so, they will be the most powerful pe...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1343. Only a knight will go head-to-head or two, and then there will be no knight after the horned Romans. Every time a century goes behind them, a century comes in its place. ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1344. The one who conquers Constantinople, his name is the name of a prophet. Ibn Lahi’ah said: It is narrated in their books, meaning the Romans, that his name is Salih.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1345. Rome will be opened with ropes of Besan, wood of Lebanon, and nails of Meris, and you will take the knife of the ark, and the people of the Sham (Greater Syria) and the p...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1346. The Hour will come and the Romans will be the majority of people. This was reported to Amr bin Al-Aas and he said: What are these hadiths that are mentioned about you, th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1347. The epics were at the hands of a man from the people of Heraclius, the fourth and fifth, who was called Tayyara, and the leader of the people at that time was a man from ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1348. If you see a banquet in the Sham (Greater Syria), or a table, a man and his family, then Constantinople will be conquered

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1349. It is attended by twelve kings ، The Roman king was the youngest and least combative ، But they were the preachers ، They called those nations and were inspired by them ،...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1350. You will invade Constantinople in three raids. As for the first, it will be a trial, and as for the second, it will be a peace treaty, until the Muslims build a mosque th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1351. You conquer Constantinople before Rome, then you invade Rome after Constantinople and conquer it. Otherwise, I am Allah’s servant among the liars. He says it three times....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1352. Ibn Mawriq, meaning the king of the Romans, came with three hundred ships to dock at Sarsna

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1353. The epic and Alexandria at the hands of Tabaris bin Istinan bin Al-Akhram. If a boat lands at the lighthouse, it is not midday until four hundred boats come to you, then ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1354. If the two ancients ruled: the ancient Arabs and the ancient Romans, the epics would be at their hands

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1355. There will be a despicable man from the Umayyads in Egypt. He will come to power and gain control of his power, or be stripped of it. Then he will flee to the Romans and ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1356. If you wish, you can describe a man from the Umayyads, such that when he is seen with his description, he will recognize him. He flees to the Romans out of anger, his aut...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1357. It is invaded by men crying and praying to Allah Almighty. When they descend there, they fast for three days, calling on Allah, and praying to Him. Then Allah demolishes ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1358. An army of you will go to Rome and they will conquer it, and they will take the ornaments of Jerusalem, the Ark of Tranquility, the table, the staff, and Adam’s garment. ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1359. Let the Romans’ jaws tremble in the alleys of Iliya. He said: I said to Abdullah bin Amr: Wasn’t it destroyed once? He said: Yes, so that they will not have a path from t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1360. The one who defeats the Romans on the day of the depths is the successor of the loyalist

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1361. Then the Romans will send you to ask for reconciliation, and you will reconcile with them. On that day, the woman will cross the path to the Sham (Greater Syria) in safet...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1362. Seventy years elapsed between the destruction of Rhodes and the emergence of the Hashemites

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1363. If the ancients ruled: the ancients of the Arabs and the ancients of the Romans, the epics would be at their hands

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1364. A city opens with rum

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1365. {So when the promise of the Hereafter comes, We will bring you in groups} [Al-Isra: 104] The verse. He said: Two tribes from the tribes of the Children of Israel will fig...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1366. There are two sites in Palestine in Rome, one of them is called harvesting, and the second is called harvesting

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1367. They invade Rome until the sons of the immigrants attach their swords to the Roman rifles, and the caravan from Constantinople closes and it is seen that it has been clos...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1368. Were it not for the prominence of creation, the passage of the sun in the sky would have been heard like the drag of a saw

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1369. The Romans will be brought to you by sea from Romania to Romania ، They will attack you on your coast with ten thousand castles ، They live between the face of the stone ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1370. Blessed is the day of the great epic of Himyar and Humairah. By Allah, Allah will give them this world and the hereafter, even if people hate it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1371. The Romans will expel you from the Sham (Greater Syria) in disbelief and disbelief, and they will drag out their seal for forty days, meaning the mail

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1372. Abu Al-Mughirah told us, on the authority of Ibn Ayyash, on the authority of Aqeel bin Mudrik, on the authority of Yunus bin Saif Al-Khawlani, who said: “You will reconci...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1373. You will make peace with the Romans for ten years in peace. They will pay you two years, and betray you the third, or they will pay four and betray the fifth. Then an arm...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1374. Were it not for three things, I would love not to live: one of them is the great epic, for on that day Allah Almighty forbids any iron weapon to be cowardly, and if a man...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1375. This is not in my time, nor yours, until you see a man from the sons of the Titans in Egypt overpowering his authority, fleeing to the Romans, and then bringing the Roman...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1376. By the One in whose hand is my soul, I will lead faith to the distance between the two mosques as a serpent anchors to its stone, and faith will pass beyond the city as a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1377. Tell Tire, the city of Byzantium, which is called by many names. Tell Tire that it has disobeyed my command and has become arrogant with your tyranny, competing with my t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1378. The best martyrs in the eyes of Allah Almighty are the martyrs of the sea, the martyrs of the depths of Antioch, and the martyrs of the Dajjal

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1379. The graves of the martyrs of the great epic will shine in the graves of the martyrs of those who killed them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1380. If I witness the day of the great epic, I will not regret what I missed before it, and I do not care if I will not stay after it, and fighting the day of the great epic i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1381. There are three sacrifices to Allah Almighty among the Romans, the first of which is Yarmouk, the second is Finqas, meaning the date, which is chickpeas, and the third is...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1382. Constantinople will not be conquered until its entirety is opened. It was said: What is its entirety? He said: Amoria

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1383. Constantinople will not be conquered until its mouth is opened. It was said: What is its fault? He said: Amuriya. He said: Abu Bakr told me about a similar Ka’b, except t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1384. Amoria is the dog of Constantinople, because it is without her

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1385. I would not like to stay after the conquest of the city of Hercules. The gates of evil will be opened then, and there will be humiliation and humiliation when they are op...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1386. Do not rush to conquer the city of Heraclius, for there will be humiliation and humiliation when it is conquered

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1387. If a man from the Quraysh goes to Constantinople, then he has attended to its command, and the commander of the army who conquers Constantinople is neither a thief, nor a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1388. It was conquered at the hands of a man from Banu Hashim. They all said: Safwan told us, on the authority of Shurayh, and Abu Al-Muthanna Al-Amluki, on the authority of Ka...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1389. The fifth of the family of Heraclius, who is called Tabar, is the author of the epics

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1390. You conquer the city of disbelief with the takbir. Allah Almighty lays down for them every day a third of its wall, in three days. While they are like that, news of the D...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1391. If news of the Dajjal comes to you while you are there, do not give up your spoils, for the Dajjal has not come out

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1392. If between Al-Darb and Al-Arish there is a banquet for the people of one household, then the conquest of Constantinople is approaching

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1393. The sixth trial will be a truce between you and the Banu Al-Asfar. They will march against you on eighty banners, with twelve thousand under each banner.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1394. The one on whose hands the epics from the family of Heraclius were written is called Tabar, meaning Tabara

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1395. So that they may come out of it in disbelief and disbelief. Abu Darda’ said: “Did not Allah Almighty say: {And We have written in the Psalms after the Remembrance that th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1396. On the day of the epic, a third of the Muslims will be defeated, and they are the worst of creation in the sight of Allah

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1397. If you worship Dhu al-Khalasa, an idol that was trampled upon in pre-Islamic times, it would be the appearance of the Romans in the Sham (Greater Syria)

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1398. O community of Qais, love Yemen, and O community of Yemen, love Qais, for it is about to be that no one will be killed for this religion except you. Qais, the knights of ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1399. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:“When the fierce battles take place, Allah will send a troop of freed slaves who will be the best A...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1400. The Romans did not leave water on the coast during the days of the epics unless they camped on it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1401. When the epics took place, he would emerge from Damascus, sending them the best of Allah’s servants, the first and the last

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1402. Allah Almighty promised me Persia, then the Romans, then their women, their sons, their nation, and their treasures, and He provided me with donkeys as helpers.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1403. The Romans will expel you from the Sham (Greater Syria) in disbelief and disbelief, until they bring you back to meet each other. Therefore, this world will perish and pe...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1404. The great epic, the destruction of Constantinople, and the emergence of the Dajjal, in seven months, or as long as Allah wills

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1405. Ten epics, the first of which is the epic of Caesarea Palestine, and the last of which is the epic of the depths of Antioch

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1406. The lamb is about to come out three times. I said: What is the lamb? He said: “A man whose parents is a devil, who rules the Romans. He comes in a group of one thousand f...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1407. In the great epic, the coasts of the Sham (Greater Syria) are destroyed until the coasts cry from their devastation, just as cities and villages cry

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1408. In the Lesser Epic, the Romans defeated the Jordan Plain and Jerusalem

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1409. If Cyprus is destroyed, weep over yourself all the days of your life

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1410. The fifth of the family of Heraclius was at his hands. The epics were created. Artah said: Then four of the family of Heraclius took over. The Companions of the Prophet ﷺ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1411. A woman follows the Romans and says: Make me a thousand ships, the best boards I have ever made on the face of the earth ، Then go out to those who killed our men ، They ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1412. It will not be opened until there is peace between the Muslims and them. They will all fight, and they will leave with their spoils, until they settle in its meadow, and ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1413. Allah gave me the Persians, their women, their children, their money, and their weapons, and He gave me the Romans, their women, their children, their weapons, and their ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1414. Let the enemy enter Antaresus for the morning prayer from the Romans, and let them kill three hundred Muslim men under its dale, whose light will reach the throne.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1415. We were with Sufyan bin Awf Al-Ghamdi until we came to the Gate of Constantinople, the Golden Gate, with three thousand horsemen, from the sea side, until we crossed the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1416. If you see Hamadan in the East and you have settled between Rastan and Homs, it is the presence of the epic, and the emergence of the Dajjal

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1417. There was treachery behind them. Al-Walid said, and Ibn Lahi’ah said: On the authority of Abu Qabil, on the authority of Abdullah bin Amr, who said: Madhaj and Hamdan wil...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1418. The Romans are army, and the people of the Sham (Greater Syria) are calling for help, and not a believer will be left behind. He said: “So they will defeat the Romans unt...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1419. If you see a banquet between the people of one household between Al-Arish and the Euphrates, this is a sign of epics

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1420. At the hands of the Yamani who killed the Quraysh

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1421. At the hands of that Yamani, the Lesser Epic of Akka would take place, when the fifth of the Heraclius family reigned

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1422. If the two ancients ruled: the ancient Arabs and the ancients of the Romans, the epics were at their hands. Abu Qabil said: The epics would be at the hands of Tabaris ibn...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1423. There will be a truce between you and the Banu Asfar, the Romans, and they will betray you by carrying a woman. They will come in eighty camps on land and sea, with twelv...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1424. O Allah, praise be to You, and Allah glorifies Allah, praises Him, glorifies Him, and glorifies Him. So I said to him: O Abu Ishaq, what made you cry in situations in whi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1425. There will be a reconciliation between the Mahdi and the Roman tyrant after he is killed by the Sufyani, and Kalb is plundered, until your merchants differ to each other ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1426. Saddle from which side did you see? Nice, but we fear for it from the side of Morocco

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1427. Alexandria has two epics, one of which is the largest and the other is the smaller. As for the larger one, the sea separates one or two bars from the lighthouse, then the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1428. The Alexandria Epic was at the hands of Tabaris bin Istinan bin Al-Akhram bin Constantine bin Heraclius

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1429. The Romans prepare seven hundred ships, and then they arrive in Alexandria, and a man from the Quraysh is in charge of Alexandria. They plot against the Muslims with ship...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1430. The sign of the Damietta epic is brigades emerging from Egypt to the Sham (Greater Syria). They are called the brigades of misguidance

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1431. If you see two Arab tribesmen fleeing to the Romans, this is a sign of the Battle of Alexandria.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1432. If you hear that Alexandria has been conquered, if your veil is in the west, do not take it until you reach the east

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1433. The first of Egypt's borders was destroyed by the enemy Naqius

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1434. O people of Egypt, your borders will be cut off from you, winter and summer, so choose for yourselves the best of them, everything that is inhabited and not surrounded by...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1435. The Alexandria Epic at the hands of Tabaris Ibn Atitanian: If a boat descends at the lighthouse, it is placed, then raised three times. At midday, four hundred boats will...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1436. On that day, the foolish Quraish would attack Alexandria in its epic, so the epic would take place in the market of whales, and the Roman kings would place their chairs i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1437. A man of known lineage through father and mother will emerge from the Quraysh, angry with the Romans, and they will accept him and place him in a place of honor. Then twe...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1438. The sign of the Alexandria Epic: If you see two Arab raiders going out to the Romans, it is a sign of the Alexandria Epic.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1439. Where does this panic come from? Get off my horse. This is not the epic of Alexandria. Rather, they are coming from towards Morocco, from towards Antpolis. Then a hundred...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1440. Alexandria has two epics, one of which is the smaller, and the other is the larger. As for the smaller, five hundred quarrels will come to it, and as for the larger, one ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1441. The Battle of Alexandria accepts the Romans from the direction of Antipolis, until when they reach the slopes of Bardhun in the land of Lubya, the owner of Alexandria hea...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1442. I did not want to die until I witnessed the day of Alexandria. This is not its day, but its day when a hundred ships come to it, followed by a hundred ships, until seven ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1443. O people, there has never been a tribulation on earth greater than the temptation of the Dajjal, and Allah Almighty has not sent a prophet except that he warned his natio...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1444. It was said: The dog of the hour is the Dajjal, and whoever is patient with the temptation of the Dajjal will not be tempted, and will never be tempted alive or dead, and...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1445. Know, O people, that you will not meet your Lord until you die, and that your Lord is not one-eyed. Indeed, the Dajjal lies about Allah. His eyes are concealed, neither b...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1446. After you, there will be a liar and a misguided person, and his head will be in a state of confusion behind him, and he will say: I am your Lord. So whoever says: You lie...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1447. Between the creation of Adam (peace be upon him) and the arrival of the Hour is a matter greater than the Dajjal

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1448. The Dajjal will come out when he is angry and angry

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1449. Indeed, before the Hour there are liars, among them is the owner of Al-Yamamah, among them is the owner of Sana’a Al-Ansi, among them is the owner of Himyar, and among th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1450. The first verse is the Romans, then the second is the Dajjal, the third is Gog, and the fourth is Jesus, son of Mary, peace be upon him.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1451. Indeed, I have told you about the Dajjal to the point that I feared that you would not understand. Indeed, the Messiah of the Dajjal is a short, unkempt, wrinkled, one-ey...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1452. The Dajjal has one eye in the left eye, between his forehead is written: Infidel, and on his eye there is a thick spot. Sahl said: It is: K-F-R, and the K-F, F-R, and R-A...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1453. Before the Dajjal emerges, more than seventy Antichrists will appear

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1454. With the Dajjal is a woman called Taybah. He will not lead a village unless she precedes him to it. She will say: This man is coming upon you, so beware of him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1455. The first verse is the Romans, then the second is the Dajjal, the third is Gog and Magog, and the fourth is Jesus, son of Mary, peace be upon him.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1456. A man who has been underestimated by hadiths. Every time he fabricates a hadith, he lies, and its duration is cut off for a longer period of time. If the Dajjal catches u...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1457. Narrated Ibn Umar: (Later on) Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) (once again) went along with Ubai bin Ka'b to the garden of date-palms where Ibn Saiyad was staying. When the Prophet ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1458. Az-Zuhri narrated from Salim from Ibn 'Umar who said:"The Messengers of Allah(s.a.w)stood among the people,he praised Allah as is due to Him, then he mentioned the Dajjal...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1459. There were six years between the epic and the conquest of Constantinople, and then the Dajjal would emerge in the seventh year

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1460. The Dajjal will not emerge until Constantinople is conquered

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1461. Open it and the Dajjal will emerge in seven years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1462. The news comes to them while they are dividing their spoils that the Dajjal has emerged, but he is a lie, so take what you can, for you will stay for six years, then he w...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1463. The Dajjal will not leave until the city is conquered

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1464. O my nephew, perhaps you will realize the conquest of Constantinople. If you achieve its conquest, be careful not to leave your spoils from it, for there will be seven ye...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1465. The Dajjal will emerge after the conquest of Constantinople and before the landing of Jesus, son of Mary, in Jerusalem

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1466. The news comes to them that the Dajjal has left after they conquered Constantinople, so they leave but do not find him. They only stay for a short time until he leaves....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1467. Before the Dajjal emerges, there will be years of deception in which the truthful will lie, the liar will be believed, the traitorous will be trusted, the trustworthy wil...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1468. There will be a raid on the sea, and whoever invades it will become rich and never become poor, and whoever does not conquer it will not gain wealth after it except what ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1469. Before the Dajjal emerges, there will be three trials: the trial of Uthman, the trial of Ibn al-Zubayr (may Allah be pleased with him), and the third. Then the Dajjal wil...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1470. There are three signs in the hands of the Dajjal: three years of famine, the rivers will flow, the basil will turn yellow, the eyes will bleed, and Madhaj and Hamdan will...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1471. Abu Bahriyyah, a Companion of Mu'adh bin Jabal narrated that the Prophet(s.a.w) said:"The great Malhamah, the conquest of Constantinople, and the coming of the Dajjal occ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1472. He said: And I am Safwan, on the authority of Abu Al-Yaman, on the authority of Ka’b, and the same

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1473. Abu Bahriyyah, a Companion of Mu'adh bin Jabal narrated that the Prophet(s.a.w) said:"The great Malhamah, the conquest of Constantinople, and the coming of the Dajjal occ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1474. The great epic, the destruction of Constantinople, the emergence of the Dajjal, and the pregnancy of a woman

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1475. There are six years between the epic and the conquest of Constantinople, and the Dajjal will emerge in the seventh year

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1476. The Dajjal will emerge in the year eighty, and Allah knows best, which means eighty, two hundred and eighty, or other times

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1477. Narrated Awf ibn Malik: The Prophet (ﷺ) said: Allah will not gather two swords upon this community: Its own sword and the sword of its enemy

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1478. There are three years before Him: one year the sky retains a third of its diameter, and the earth a third of its vegetation, the second the sky retains two-thirds of its ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1479. In the hands of the emergence of the Dajjal, a baby will be born in Beit Shean, from the tribe of Levi, son of Jacob, with a statue of weapons on his body: the sword, the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1480. If the people find themselves in two camps: a camp of faith in which there is no hypocrisy, and a camp of hypocrisy in which there is no faith. Then, when they meet, the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1481. Dominant? Three: What made you cry? They said: I mentioned the Dajjal and approached his matter until we thought that he was rebelling against us, and that he was emergin...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1482. Constantinople will be conquered, then the news will come to them of the emergence of the Dajjal, and it will be false. Then they will stay for three-seven weeks, and the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1483. I have heard that the Dajjal will emerge after the conquest of Constantinople, and after the Muslims have resided there for three years, four months and ten days.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1484. If you see that the sky has dried up and it has not rained anything, and you have seen the earth that has become barren and has not produced anything, and the rivers and ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1485. The Hour will not come until the city of Caesar or Heraclius is conquered, and the muezzins call in it, and they divide the money there and the shields, so they accept th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1486. Why would his going out be more harmful to a believer? Then he took a pebble on his fingernail and then shook this pebble from my nail.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1487. They conquer Constantinople, and news of the Dajjal comes to them, so they go out to the Sham (Greater Syria), and find that he has not left, and then it is not long befo...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1488. The Dajjal will emerge from a place between the Sham (Greater Syria) and Iraq

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1489. The news comes to them after its conquest, meaning Constantinople, and they reject what they have in their hands, so they go out and find it to be false. The Dajjal will ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1490. The Dajjal clings alive to the seashore and then comes out

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1491. The Dajjal will emerge from a village in Iraq, and the people will disperse when he emerges, and a group of them will say: Come to the Sham (Greater Syria), come to your ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1492. The Dajjal will emerge from Merv, from its Judaism

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1493. The Dajjal will emerge from Khorasan

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1494. The Dajjal was born in a village in Egypt, called Qus, which is Busra

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1495. He is not a human, but a demon

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1496. He is the son of a hunter, who was born in the city

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1497. Dajjal comes out of kothi

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1498. An army will emerge from Khorasan, followed by the Dajjal

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1499. The antichrist emerges from the kothi

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1500. The antichrist emerges from the kothi

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1501. You know a land before you called Kuthi, abundant with marshes, from which the Dajjal will emerge

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1502. The Dajjal will emerge from Iraq

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1503. People will emerge from the East, and they will recite the Qur’an, but it will not go beyond their throats. Every time a century comes out of them, it will be cut off. Wh...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1504. The first water that the Dajjal will return is the hump of a mountain overlooking Basra, and water next to it with a lot of saf, meaning sand, is the first water that the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1505. The Dajjal will emerge from the East from a land called Khurasan

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1506. I have heard that the Dajjal is emerging from the island of Isfahan in the sea, which is called Matula

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1507. The Dajjal will emerge from Iraq

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1508. You know a land before you called Kuthi, abundant with marshes, from which the Dajjal will emerge

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1509. The Dajjal will emerge, then Jesus, son of Mary, peace be upon him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1510. The first people of Abyat to be frightened by the Dajjal are the people of Kufa

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1511. Muhayim Asmaa, and Asmaa said: O Messenger of Allah, you have unearthed our hearts by mentioning the Dajjal. He said: If he emerges while I am alive among you, then I wil...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1512. O people, you will split into three groups after his emergence: a group that follows him, a group that joins the land of its fathers with the springs of wormwood, and a g...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1513. When the Dajjal emerges, he will attack to the right and attack to the left ، O servants of Allah, be steadfast ، He begins by saying: I am a prophet ، There is no prophe...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1514. When the Dajjal descends on Jordan, he will call for Mount Tur, Thabor, and Mount Al-Judi, until they are trampled, and the people look at them, just as bulls or rams tra...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1515. I only tell you this so that you may understand it, understand it, and understand it, and work on it, and narrate it to those behind you, so let the other narrate it to t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1516. The Dajjal has long arms, short stature, wiping his neck, wiping his eyes, and it will be written between his eyes: An infidel.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1517. The believers, on the day the Dajjal emerges, will include twelve thousand men, seven thousand women, and seven or eight hundred women.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1518. Introduction: The Dajjal will be seventy thousand, faster and bolder than two tigers. No one except Allah

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1519. The Dajjal will live in Iraq for two years, during which his justice will be praised and people will drink to him. One day he will ascend the pulpit and deliver a sermon,...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1520. Twelve thousand men and seven thousand women will be saved from the Dajjal

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1521. Whoever is patient with the temptation of the Dajjal will not be tempted and will never be tempted, alive or dead, and whoever catches him and does not follow him is guar...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1522. The Dajjal is not a human being, but rather a devil on some island of the sea, bound with seventy rings. It is not known who has bound him, Suleiman or someone else? If i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1523. The Dajjal is a human being born of a woman ، His status was not revealed in the Torah and the Gospel ، But it was mentioned in the books of the prophets ، He was born in...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1524. Between the ears of the Dajjal's donkey are forty cubits ، The step of his donkey is three days' journey ، He wades through the sea on his donkey, just as one of you wade...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1525. The food of the believers on that day will be glorification, rejoicing, and praise

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1526. The Dajjal will come out and people will follow him, saying: We bear witness that he is an infidel, but we are only following him to eat from his food and graze from the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1527. I have heard that he wears a copper plate around his throat, and I have heard that Al-Khidr, who is killed by the Dajjal and then revived,

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1528. Most of those who follow the Dajjal are the Jews of Isfahan

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1529. Hudhaifa reported that Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said:Dajjal is blind of left eye with thick hair and there would be a garden and fire with him and his fire would be a garden...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1530. To me, the impostor does not come out more than a welding goat

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1531. Most of the Jews and prostitutes followed the Dajjal

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1532. There will be people who will accompany the Dajjal and say: We will accompany him, and we know that he is an infidel, but we will accompany him, eating food and tending t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1533. The Dajjal has one of his eyes obscured and the other mixed with blood, as if it were a flower, and two mountains will walk with him, a mountain of rivers and fruits, and...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1534. I saw a red man, with a curly head and one eye in his right eye, resembling the one I saw in Ibn Qatan, so I asked: Who is this? It was said: The Dajjal

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1535. People's epics are five, two have passed, and three are in this nation: the epic of the Turks, the epic of the Romans, and the epic of the Dajjal. There is no epic after ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1536. The ear of the Dajjal's donkey will remain seventy thousand

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1537. Seventy thousand people will shelter under the ear of the Dajjal’s donkey

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1538. The ear of the Dajjal's donkey will remain seventy thousand

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1539. Do you bear witness that I am the Messenger of Allah? Ibn Sayyad looked at him and said: I bear witness that you are the Messenger of the illiterate. Then Ibn Sayyad said...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1540. If you leave it in between

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1541. Be humble, and you will never exceed your destiny. When he left, the Prophet said: What did he say? Some of them said: Dik, and some of them said: Dik, or Dik, and the Pr...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1542. He was born the son of a one-eyed fisherman

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1543. As for what follows, regarding this man you have exaggerated, and that he is a liar among the thirty liars who will come out before Christ, and that there is not a town t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1544. The Dajjal, while it is forbidden for him to enter the parts of Medina, then a man who is the best of people on that day, or one of the best people on that day, will come...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1545. Muammar said: I have heard that he wears a copper plate around his throat, and I have heard that Al-Khidr is killed by the Dajjal and then revived.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1546. The Dajjal will be followed by seventy thousand of my nation wearing fences

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1547. Most of those who follow the Dajjal are the Jews of Isfahan

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1548. The city's swamp will come, and it is forbidden for him to enter its veil, and the city will shake with its people with one or two shakes, which is an earthquake, and eve...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1549. Why did you ask about him? He said: I said: People claim that he has food and drink. He said: It is easier for Allah Almighty than that.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1550. With him is a garden and a fire, so his fire is a paradise, and his paradise is fire, and that he has a mountain of bread and a river of water, and that he sends rain and...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1551. The days of the Dajjal will be forty days, with one day like a year, and one day less than that, one day like a month, and one day less than that, one day like Friday, an...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1552. The temptation of the Dajjal will last for forty days

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1553. The Dajjal will live for forty years. A year is like a month, a month is like a Friday, a Friday is like a day, and a day is like a palm tree burning in the fire.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1554. The days of the Dajjal will last for two and a half years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1555. I am less afraid of the Dajjal than I am of the Dajjal, and what is the Dajjal but his temptation for forty days

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1556. The Dajjal will emerge in the fourth trial. He will remain for forty years, and Allah will lighten it for the believers, so a year will be like a day

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1557. The Dajjal will stay for forty mornings. Sheikh Al-Zaki Abu Al-Fadl Abdul-Jabbar bin Muhammad Al-Isbahani told us: I am Abu Bakr Muhammad bin Abdullah bin Ahmed bin Raydh...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1558. Jesus, son of Mary (peace be upon him), will kill the Dajjal without a door of seventeen cubits

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1559. Jesus, son of Mary, will catch up with the Dajjal after he has fled from him. When he hears of his descent, he will overtake him at the eastern gate of Lydda and kill him...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1560. If Jesus descends on Jerusalem and the Dajjal has besieged the people in Jerusalem, he will walk to him after he has prayed the morning prayer. He will walk to him while ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1561. If Jesus descends, he will not find his scent nor his breath as an unbeliever except that he will die, and his breath will reach as far as his sight, and he will catch hi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1562. Ibn Maryam al-Dajjal will be killed at Bab Ladd

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1563. If the Dajjal hears the descent of Jesus, son of Mary, he will flee, and Jesus will follow him and overtake him at the gate of Lydda and kill him. Nothing will remain but...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1564. The People of the Book claim that Jesus, son of Mary, will descend and kill the Dajjal, and kill his companions. Abu al-Za’ra’ said: I have not heard Abdullah mention any...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1565. I have heard that Jesus, son of Mary, will kill the Dajjal on the hill of epics, which is the Abu Fatrus River, and then return to Jerusalem.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1566. This is the place where the Dajjal will be killed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1567. Ibn Maryam the Dajjal will be killed at the gate of Lydda, or next to Lydda

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1568. By the Allah of the Jews, the son of Mary will kill him in the annihilation of Lydda

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1569. In Jerusalem, he goes out and besieges them until he is informed of the descent of Jesus and he flees

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1570. Preserved villages: Mecca, Medina, Ilya, and Najran. There is not a night without seventy thousand angels descending on Najran, greeting the people of the Ukhud, and then...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1571. The stronghold of the Dajjal is the Abu Fatrus River

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1572. The stronghold of the Dajjal is the Abu Fatrus River

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1573. The Muslim stronghold if the Dajjal emerges is Jerusalem

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1574. The Muslims' stronghold against the Dajjal is Jerusalem. They will not go out and will not be defeated

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1575. The Dajjal will reach every watering hole except four mosques: the Sacred Mosque, the Medina Mosque, the Tur Sinai Mosque, and the Al-Aqsa Mosque.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1576. Whoever recites Surah Al-Kahf as it was revealed, what is between him and Mecca will be illuminated for him, and whoever recites the last part of it and then realizes the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1577. The angels of Allah Almighty are guarding the city from every direction. There is not a single breach in the city without an angel drawing his sword over it, so do not al...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1578. The Dajjal will destroy every outlet except the two mosques

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1579. Whoever recites Surah Al-Kahf as it was revealed, then goes out to the Dajjal, he will not be subjected to authority, and he will have no recourse against him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1580. It is forbidden for the Dajjal to enter the city

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1581. There is no town that will not be affected by the terror of the Dajjal except Medina. On each of its veils are two angels who will remove from it the terror of Christ.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1582. The Dajjal will come to the wastelands of the city, and it will be forbidden for him to enter its veil, so every hypocrite, male and female, will come out to him, then he...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1583. On that day, the believers will be rewarded for hunger as much as praise and sanctification will be sufficient for the inhabitants of heaven

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1584. The food of the believers on that day: glorification, praise, rejoicing, sanctification, and glorification

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1585. Their food was filled with praise and sanctification, so whoever’s food on that day was praise and sanctification, Allah would remove his hunger and he would not feel hun...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1586. In the Holy House ، He will go out until he besieges them, and the imam of the people on that day will be a righteous man ، It is said: Pray the morning prayer ، When he ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1587. I only tell you this so that you may understand it, understand it, understand it, and work on it, and narrate it to those behind you, and let the other narrate it to the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1588. If Jesus, son of Mary, departs, the emirate will cease

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1589. This afterlife of Jesus is not like his first life. The fear of death is imposed on him. He wipes the faces of men and gives them good tidings of the degrees of Paradise....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1590. Those of you who live will soon see Jesus, the son of Mary, as an Imam, a Mahdi, and a just arbiter. Then the cross will be broken, the pig will be killed, the tax will b...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1591. Those who conquered Constantinople were informed of the departure of the Dajjal, and they proceeded to meet him in Jerusalem. Eight thousand women and twelve thousand fig...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1592. I was shown near the Kaaba, next to the standing position, a man of Adam, head-first, placing his hands on two legs, pouring water on his head, or dripping on his head, s...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1593. Let the son of Mary meet men from my nation, who are like you or the best of them are like you or better

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1594. While they were dividing the spoils of Constantinople, when news of the Dajjal came to them, they rejected what was in their hands, then they approached and joined Jerusa...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1595. Jesus, son of Mary (peace be upon him), descends at the minaret at the eastern gate of Damascus. He is a young, red-haired young man, with two angels tied to his shoulder...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1596. The mosques were renewed for the descent of Jesus, son of Mary, and he would break the cross, kill the pig, and impose the tax. Then he turned and saw me as one of the ne...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1597. When the Dajjal reaches the obstacle of Afiq, his shadow falls on the Muslims, and they strain their bows to fight him. Then they hear a call: O people, relief has come t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1598. While the Muslims in the Sham (Greater Syria) were besieged by the Dajjal in one of its mountains, wanting to kill the Dajjal, when they were seized by darkness in which ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1599. The Jews fight you and you dominate them until the stone says: O Muslim, there is a Jew behind me, so kill him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1600. Narrated Abu Huraira:Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "By Him in Whose Hands my soul is, surely (Jesus,) the son of Mary will soon descend amongst you and will judge mankind j...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1601. How will you be if the son of Mary descends upon you and your mother, or he says: Your imam is from among you?

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1602. By the One in Whose hand is my soul, the son of Mary will enter the desert of Rawha by performing Hajj or Umrah, or both

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1603. The son of Mary will descend as a guiding and just imam. When he descends, he breaks the cross, kills the pig, and imposes the tribute, and the religion will be one, and ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1604. The prophets are brothers for reasons, their religion is one, and their mothers are different. The first of them is through Jesus, son of Mary. There is no messenger betw...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1605. The Hour will not come until Jesus, son of Mary, descends as a just Imam and a just ruler, and Quraysh blackmails the emirate, and the pig is killed, and the cross is bro...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1606. The Arabian horse will be worth twenty dirhams, and the bull will do such-and-such, and the land will return to its state in the era of Adam (peace be upon him), and the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1607. Narrated Abu Huraira:Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "By Him in Whose Hands my soul is, surely (Jesus,) the son of Mary will soon descend amongst you and will judge mankind j...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1608. Jesus, son of Mary, will descend, and when the Dajjal sees him, he melts like fat melts, and he kills the Dajjal, and the Jews are separated from him, until the stone say...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1609. The Dajjal besieges the believers in the Holy House, and they are afflicted with severe hunger, until they eat the strings of their bows from hunger. While they were in t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1610. How can a nation perish, of which I am the first and Christ is the last?

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1611. Jesus, son of Mary, performs ten proofs, giving the believers good news of their ranks in Paradise

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1612. I have heard that, if Jesus, son of Mary, is killed, he will return to Jerusalem and marry the people of Shuaib, circumcised by Moses, who were lepers, and he will be bor...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1613. A good wind comes and takes the soul of Jesus and the believers

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1614. After Gog and Magog, Jesus and those with him depart to Bayt al-Maqdis, and they say: Now the war has ended, then the earth will pay its zakat, Allah Almighty willing, as...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1615. When Jesus, son of Mary, descends and kills the Dajjal, enjoy until they come on the night of the rising of the sun from the west, and until they enjoy forty years after ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1616. Jesus, son of Mary, will remain for forty years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1617. We find in the Torah that Jesus, son of Mary, is buried with Muhammad, may Allah bless them both

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1618. Narrated Abu Hurayrah: The Prophet (ﷺ) said: There is no prophet between me and him, that is, Jesus (ﷺ). He will descent (to the earth). When you see him, recognise him: ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1619. Jesus, son of Mary, will remain on earth for forty years. If he had said to Al-Batha’: Ask for honey, I would have asked for honey of bliss. He said:

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1620. Jesus, son of Mary, will remain for forty years after he descends. Al-Walid said: And I read something like that to Daniel

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1621. Jesus will remain after the Dajjal for thirty years, each year of which he will come to Mecca and pray there and chant Allah

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1622. Allah created Gog and Magog into three types: a type whose bodies were like rice, a type with four cubits, and their width like that, and they were strong, and a type tha...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1623. The stronghold of Gog and Magog, Al-Tur, and from the epics, Damascus

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1624. People prefer Gog and Magog with seven people

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1625. The width of the ceilings of the Gate of Gog and Magog, to which the lower one opens, is twenty-four cubits, hidden by the tips of their spears.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1626. The earth has seven parts, six parts of which are Gog and Magog, and one part of which is the rest of creation. Hassan bin Attiya said: Gog and Magog are two nations, in ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1627. When Gog and Magog go out, the first of them comes out by the lake, Lake Tiberias, and they drink it, then the last of them comes to it, and they say: As if there was onc...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1628. How did you see it? You are right, by the One in whose hand is my soul, I saw him and covered him with a brick of gold and a brick of lead

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1629. If Jesus, the son of Mary, kills the Dajjal, Allah Almighty will inspire him to go, you and the believers with you, to Al-Tur, for my servants have come out that no one c...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1630. Gog and Magog are of three types: He classified their length as cedar and sherbin. Abu Jaafar said: Cedar is something that resembles a tree, such as one going in the sky...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1631. The dragon becomes a serpent and harms the people of the land, among the people of the earth, so Allah throws it from the land into the sea, and when the animals of the s...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1632. Do you know what a dragon looks like? It will be a serpent that attacks a serpent and eats it, then it eats serpents and grows and swells, and increases in its fever unti...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1633. And they have a sea called the Sea of ​​Blood, in which there is stench, and among them there are those who eat the placentals of their women despite the large number of ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1634. Gog and Magog will emerge, and they will slip away from every direction ، They have no king or authority ، The birds fly over their heads and do not cut them off until th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1635. I have heard that when Jesus, the son of Mary, (peace be upon him) kills the Dajjal and descends on the Holy House, Gog and Magog will appear, and they are twenty-four na...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1636. The Muslim stronghold of Gog and Magog at Tur

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1637. When Gog and Magog came out, they dug so that those next to them would hear the beating of their axes. If night came, they said: Tomorrow we will open and go out, so Alla...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1638. A man among them does not die until a thousand are born from his loins, and behind them are three nations, the number of whom no one knows except Allah: Minsk, Ta’wil, an...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1639. A man does not die from Gog and Magog without leaving behind a thousand descendants or more, except that Waki’ did not mention Amr ibn Maimon.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1640. There is no god but Allah. Woe to the Arabs because of the evil that has approached. Today, Gog and Magog opened from the ruins like this, and Sufyan held ten, so I said:...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1641. Then Gog and Magog will come out and they will roam the earth and spread corruption in it, then Allah will send upon them an animal like this nag, and it will enter their...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1642. People confine Gog and Magog to Al-Tur until the head of a bull is better than a hundred dinars

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1643. Gog and Magog are of three types: a type whose length is like rice, a type whose length and width are the same, and a type where one of them covers his ear and covers the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1644. The stronghold of the people on the day of Gog and Magog was Mount Sinai

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1645. Gog and Magog are two nations, in each nation there are a hundred thousand, not like the other nation, and a man does not die until he looks into the eyes of a hundred of...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1646. My nation is a compassionate nation, and there will be no torment for it in the afterlife. Its torment in this world is earthquakes and afflictions. If on the Day of Resu...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1647. A man does not die from Gog and Magog except leaving behind a thousand offspring and onwards

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1648. The land is wider than the sea by an ox's paddock

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1649. Allah Almighty sent me when I was taken on a journey to Gog and Magog, and I called them to the religion of Allah and to worship Him, but they refused to answer me, for t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1650. The Romans are the first to sign, then the Dajjal, the third is Gog and Magog, then Jesus

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1651. If Jesus kills the Dajjal and those with him, the people will stay until the dam of Gog and Magog is broken, and they will spread throughout the land and cause corruption...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1652. Gog and Magog, the first of them passes by a river like the Tigris, and the last of them passes by and they say: There was once water, and not a man among them dies excep...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1653. When Allah takes away Gog and Magog, Allah will send a cold, blossoming wind, and it will not leave a believer on the face of the earth except that he will be caught by t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1654. When Jesus, son of Mary, and the believers departed from Gog and Magog to the Holy House and stayed for years in the Holy House, they would see what appeared to be chaos ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1655. If a man produced a mare, he would not ride her foal after Jesus until the Hour comes

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1656. Then after Gog and Magog, Allah will send a good wind, which will take the soul of Jesus and his companions, and every believer on the face of the earth. Abdullah bin Amr...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1657. After Gog and Magog, the people will remain in prosperity, fertility, and meekness for ten years, to the point that the two men will carry a single pomegranate, and betwe...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1658. Romans, then the Dajjal, then Gog and Magog, then Jesus, then smoke

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1659. After the people enjoy a period of time with Jesus (peace be upon him), a Yemeni scent comes, touching it with the touch of shame, and its scent is the scent of musk, and...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1660. Allah sends a wind from Yemen that is softer than butter and sweeter than honey, so do not leave a man with a verse from the Qur’an in his heart without taking it away....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1661. O connection, she saves them two or three times

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1662. Smoke fills what is between the sky and the earth so that people do not pray, and they do not know which is east from west, and the unbeliever swells in all his ears, and...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1663. The Hour will not come until the Arabs worship what their fathers worshiped for twenty and a hundred years, after the descent of Jesus, son of Mary, and after the Dajjal....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1664. When Allah kills Gog and Magog, and the earth stinks from them, the believers seek help from their Lord because of their stench, then Allah sends a dusty Yemeni wind, and...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1665. This Qur’an that is between your backs is about to be transmitted to it one night, and what is in your hearts will be removed, and what is in your copies of the Qur’an wi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1666. Jesus sends a group of people to the Abyssinians who want the House, until when they are some way away, Allah sends a pleasant Yemeni wind, which takes the soul of every ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1667. The Hour will not come until the buttocks of the women of Daus Ali Dhul-Khalasah are disturbed. It was an idol that Daus worshiped in pre-Islamic times at Tabalah. Muamma...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1668. A wind will come before the Hour that will take the soul of every believer

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1669. I do not know what it is, but a pleasant wind that will come before the Day of Resurrection will take the soul of every believer, even if he is inside a rock.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1670. It is between Jesus and Muhammad, may Allah bless them and grant them peace

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1671. Oh Allah, help them with years like the years of Joseph, so a year took them in which they ate bones and dead things, until one of them began to see what was between him ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1672. Five have passed: the moon, the rum, the lizam, the batsha, and the smoke

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1673. It has been narrated by Sa'd b. Abu Waqqas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:The people of the West will continue to triumphantly follow the truth until the Hour is es...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1674. The best land is its west

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1675. Bear witness, bear witness

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1676. The people of Mecca asked the Prophet ﷺ a sign, and the moon split twice in Mecca, so he said: {The Hour has approached and the moon splits, and if they see a sign, they ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1677. A group of my nation will continue to adhere to the truth, prevailing over the people, not caring who opposes them, until Allah’s command comes and they will prevail. Utb...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1678. During the time of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, the moon was split into two parts, and the polytheists said: Magic, so it was revealed: “The Hour has approached and the moon...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1679. Bear witness

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1680. Except that the moon has split

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1681. The first thing you will lose from your religion is trustworthiness, and the last thing that remains is prayer, and this Qur’an is between your backs and is about to be l...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1682. Bear witness

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1683. The Hour will not come until idols are erected, and the first people to erect them will be the people of Tihama

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1684. Five have passed: smoke, lazam, batsha, rum, and the moon

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1685. Allah will send a dusty wind before the Day of Resurrection, and it will take the soul of every believer, and it will be said: So-and-so took his soul while he was in his...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1686. The Lord approaches the sky and returns the water to his element, and the earth trembles, and the people bow down with their faces prostrated, and free most of their slav...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1687. By drinking alcohol, wearing silk clothing, and playing with musical instruments and flutes, Abu Bakr said, and Urwa bin Ruwaym told me, he said: The Messenger of Allah ﷺ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1688. Three tremors: a tremor in Yemen, a tremor in the Sham (Greater Syria) that is stronger than it, and a tremor in the East, which is Al-Jahf. They have passed, except for ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1689. You will make the land difficult for its people, until it is more difficult than the back of a hard bardhuan. Then it will move towards you another mile until you think i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1690. Different minerals come out, one of which is a mineral near the Hijaz called Pharaoh's Gold, to which the evilest of people go. While they were working on it, he regrette...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1691. It is likely that you will not find homes that you cherish being destroyed by thunderbolts, nor animals that you reach on your travels that will be destroyed by lightning...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1692. My nation will have no torment in the Hereafter, but its torment will be earthquakes and temptations in this world

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1693. Days will not pass until the Euphrates loses a mountain of gold, and killing increases, until such and such a hundred are killed. If you realize that, do not approach the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1694. The earth shook during the reign of Abdullah. He said to her, “What is the matter with you?” Then he said: If she had spoken, the Hour would have come.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1695. They became stones

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1696. But it exists and its interpretation has not yet come

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1697. What promised this nation of earthquakes, calamities, killings, and temptations exceeds one hundred and less than two hundred

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1698. No, but they will be afflicted by enemies and earthquakes, but as for the dome and egg of Islam, they will not

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1699. So do not harm your enemy and shorten your steps

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1700. It has been revealed to me that I will not remain with you, and you will not remain after me except for a little while. Then you will remain until you say: When? You will...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1701. The affliction, earthquakes, and killing are more than eighty and less than one hundred, so Allah knows which is eighty

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1702. He said on the authority of Safwan bin Amr, on the authority of a man, on the authority of Abu Hurairah

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1703. My nation is merciful. There is no torment for it in the afterlife, but its torment in this world is earthquakes, temptations, and murder

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1704. The land will become difficult for you until the people of your presence envy your Bedouins, just as the people of your Bedouins today envy the people of your city, becau...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1705. My nation is a compassionate nation. There will be no torment for it in the Hereafter, but its torment in this world is tribulations, earthquakes, and calamities.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1706. The Euphrates will make you regret a treasure. If you find it, do not take anything from it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1707. Let them hide the house next to the house if injustices occur

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1708. If such-and-such land is eclipsed, people appear with their hair dyed black, and Allah does not look at them. Mujahid said: I saw that land that was eclipsed.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1709. The Hour will not come until someone from the pastures of blessings is eclipsed, and the Hour will not come until a man of great wealth and children is eclipsed.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1710. If the Dajjal descends on the city's sewage, the city will be shaken with its people a shake or two, and every hypocrite, male and female, will emerge from it.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1711. A mountain of gold falls in the Euphrates, and out of every hundred, ninety-nine are killed, leaving one remaining

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1712. He is among you a deformity, a disgrace, and a slander.” They said: O Messenger of Allah, and they bear witness that there is no god but Allah? He said: Yes, and that is ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1713. There are four of them, and all of them are torment. It came twenty-five years after the death of the Messenger of Allah (may Allah’s prayers and peace be upon him), and ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1714. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:“The Hour will not begin until the Euphrates uncovers a mountain of gold and people fight over it, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1715. Ibn Al-Mubarak told us, on the authority of Al-Rabi’ bin Anas, on the authority of Abu Al-Aliyah, in the Almighty’s saying: {It is He who is capable} [Al-An’am: 65] of so...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1716. {It is He who is able to send upon you a torment from above you} [Al-An'am: 65] He said: This is for the polytheists.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1717. Eclipse and metamorphosis in my nation in the two hundred and tenth year

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1718. This nation is a merciful nation, its torment is at its hands, and a man from among the people of the religion is taken and given to him by a man from among them, and it ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1719. The Hour will not come until the Euphrates reveals a mountain of gold, and people fight over it. Ninety-nine out of every hundred are killed, and one out of every hundred...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1720. The seventy whom Moses chose from among his people were only terrified because they were not satisfied with the calf and had not forbidden it.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1721. Oh Allah, I seek refuge in You from being assassinated from under me

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1722. As time approaches, the thunderbolts increase

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1723. He hated looking at the sun when it eclipsed, hating that his sight would go away at that time

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1724. If evil appears and they do not forbid it, Allah will send down His punishment upon them. Yes, what befell them will happen to them, and then they will come to Allah’s fo...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1725. If a woman takes off her clothes in someone other than her husband’s house, she will break the veil between her and Allah, and if she perfumes herself for someone other t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1726. I seek refuge in Your Face, {or those under your feet} [Al-An'am: 65] Then the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: I seek refuge in Your Face, {Or He divides you into sects and ma...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1727. The city shook during the reign of Omar, and Ibn Omar was standing without feeling, until the beds were lined up, and when Omar (may Allah be pleased with him) morning, h...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1728. If minerals appear at the end of time, the worst people will come to you

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1729. If evil appears on Earth, Allah Almighty will inflict punishment on the people of Earth, yes, and then they will come to Allah’s mercy

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1730. Yes, if there is a lot of malice

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1731. Allah Almighty does not take the general by doing the specific, so if sins appear, you do not deny Allah taking the general and the specific

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1732. If a man says people are destroyed, then he is the one who destroyed them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1733. The ungodly perished

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1734. Get out minerals that will catch the evil of people

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1735. It will be in the time of Al-Hashemi, who will be arrogant in Jerusalem after Al-Mahdi, who will send a slave girl wearing clothing that does not cover her. In his time, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1736. You will make the land difficult for its people until it becomes more difficult than the hard back of a bardhuan. Then it will move towards you and you will free your sla...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1737. If you see everyone with an opinion admiring his opinion, then take care of yourself and leave behind the affairs of the common people

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1738. Allah Almighty does not punish the common people for the actions of the elite until they see the evil in their midst and they are able to denounce it, so they do not deny...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1739. O people of Yemen, they emigrated before the two darknesses. As for one of them, the Abyssinians, they will emerge until they reach this place of mine, and the other is a...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1740. Baqiyya told us, on the authority of Safwan, on the authority of Abd al-Rahman bin Jubayr, on the authority of Omar, similarly

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1741. ، ، ، ، Fire and brimstone, its flame and smoke reaching the sky ، So he stopped on the road between Ceyhan and Ceyhan ، Another fire from Aden reached Busra ، It rises w...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1742. I know of the last two men from my nation who will be gathered. They will be in one of these valleys with their sheep. When the people fly in, they leave their sheep and ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1743. The people will be gathered, and only two men will remain on this mountain. One of them will say to his companion: O so-and-so, go and see what the people have done. When...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1744. There will be a migration after a migration of the best people of the two lands until the immigrant of Abraham, until nothing will remain on the earth except the worst of...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1745. People will be gathered into three categories: a group on their faces, a group on their camels, and a group on their feet

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1746. The people will be gathered towards the Sham (Greater Syria), and the first to be gathered from this nation will be Al-Nadir

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1747. A fire comes out from the east, and another fire from the west, gathering the people in front of the monkeys. They walk during the day and lie in wait at night, until the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1748. To bring the Kaaba to Jerusalem

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1749. If Caesarea is built in the land of the Romans, it will become one of the armies of the Sham (Greater Syria). After that, fire will emerge from Aden and Abyan.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1750. A fire is about to break out in Yemen, taking people to the Sham (Greater Syria). It will come in the morning when they start, and go to bed when they say, and leave when...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1751. Get out, O people of Yemen, before the rope is cut off, and before you find no provisions except locusts. He said: “I saw the mountain from which he said: Fire comes out,...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1752. Two men from Muzainah, the last of the people to be gathered, will be gathered from a mountain surrounded by walls until they come to the landmarks of the people. They fi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1753. The last to be gathered are two shepherds from Muzainah. They go to the city to croak with their sheep, but they find them to be monsters, until when they reach Thaniyat ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1754. People will emigrate, one migration after another, to the migrant of Abraham (peace be upon him), and the Hour will only come upon the worst of people, upon a people whom...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1755. Get out of Yemen before the rope is cut off, meaning the road, and before you have no food except locusts, and before fire gathers you to the Sham (Greater Syria).

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1756. Do not make me sad yourself, for the scream of Damascus will come to every believer

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1757. One fire comes from the east, and another from the west, gathering the people in front of the monkeys. They walk during the day and lie in wait at night, until they meet ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1758. The Hour will not come until the best of the people of Iraq turn to the Sham (Greater Syria), and the worst of the people of the Sham (Greater Syria) turn to Iraq. You sh...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1759. Get out of Yemen before three things: the fire goes out, before the rope is cut off, and before its people have no sustenance except locusts. Tawoos said: And a fire will...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1760. Narrated Abu Huraira:Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established till a fire will come out of the land of Hijaz, and it will throw light on the necks of...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1761. It will be migration after migration of the best people to the immigrant of Abraham (peace be upon him), until nothing remains on the earth except the worst of its people...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1762. You will leave the city as good as it was, and only the wildebeest, the birds, and the wild beasts will invade it. And the last to be gathered are two shepherds from Muza...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1763. It will be migration after migration, until people will migrate to the migration of Abraham (peace be upon him), until nothing will remain on the earth except the worst o...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1764. There will be fire or smoke in the East for forty nights

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1765. A caller will call out from before the Hour: O people, the Hour has come to you, and the living and the dead will hear him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1766. My likeness and your likeness and the likeness of the Hour are like a people who feared an enemy, so they sent a master for them. When he approached them, they were at th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1767. What has passed in your world is what remains, just as this day of yours has passed in what remains of it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1768. Like me, like you, and like the Hour, like a people who feared the enemy, so they sent a relative to them. When the man saw the raid of the people, he feared that if he d...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1769. I was sent at the hour like this, and he stuck between his index and middle fingers, at the same hour, or he said: The name of the hour.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1770. I and the Hour were sent like these. He said: And when he mentioned the Hour, his cheeks would turn red, his voice would rise, and his anger would intensify, as if he wer...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1771. The Hour will be established by two men with the scales in their hands

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1772. The Hour will come, and the two men will have spread the garment between them, and they will not sell it nor fold it, until the Hour will come, and the man will have rais...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1773. The Hour will come upon two men spreading a garment and selling it between them, so the Hour will come upon them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1774. Abu Sa'eed narrated:"The Messenger of Allah (s.a.w) said: 'How can I be comfortable when the one with the horn is holding it to his lip, his ears listening for when he wi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1775. A horn is blown into it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1776. {The earthquake of the Hour is a great thing} [Al-Hajj: 1] He said: Before the Hour

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1777. Gabriel met Jesus, peace be upon them, and Jesus said to him: O Gabriel, when is the hour? Then he twitched his wings and said: The one being asked about it does not know...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1778. It is narrated on the authority of Yahya b. Ya'mur that the first man who discussed qadr (Divine Decree) in Basra was Ma'bad al-Juhani. I along with Humaid b. 'Abdur-Rahm...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1779. The Prophet (may Allah’s prayers and peace be upon him) continued asking about the Hour until “What do you have to do regarding its remembrance is to your Lord? Its end” ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1780. You ask me about the Hour, but knowledge of it is with Allah

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1781. Then the second blast will be blown from the western gate of Midian, and when they stand looking, they will be resurrected in smoke and darkness. Whoever has done good de...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1782. If, when the Hour comes, the mountains of the sea will come out to the land, and the mountains of the land will fall into the sea, and the sea will come out and overflow ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1783. I swear to Allah that there is not a single soul on earth today who will die for a hundred years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1784. I hope that my nation will not be unable before my Lord to delay them by half a day. It was said to Saad: How many half a day? He said: Five hundred years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1785. O Gabriel, have the Jews and others asked more about the Hour? He said: The one asked about it has no knowledge of the questioner

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1786. Let the people of this city spend the night, and then in the morning, meaning Homs, and he comes out of the eastern gate and does not see Sunair, so he deceives himself, ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1787. After the seventh verse, Allah sends angels on camel horses to fly between heaven and earth, mourning the earth and those on it and those in it. The eighth verse is that ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1788. She will not be seventy except that she will have hardships and great matters

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1789. The Hour will not come until a year is like a month, a month is like a Friday, a Friday is like a day, and a day is like the burning of fire

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1790. The Hour will not come until people flock together on the roads like animals flock together, men seeking relief from men, and women from women. Do you know what crowding ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1791. All waters sink and return to their places except the Jordan River and the Nile of Egypt

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1792. Whoever is asked about it knows no better than the questioner, but its signs are the approaching of the markets, rain and no vegetation, the appearance of backbiting, the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1793. If you see people who have neglected prayer, lost trustworthiness, deemed it permissible to lie, swore excessively, consumed usury, taken bribes, built buildings, followe...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1794. When the first verses are revealed, the pens will be cast down, the memorizers will be imprisoned, and the bodies will bear witness to the deeds

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1795. The Hour will not come until people flock to the roads like donkeys

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1796. I found them living after that for a long time, but the general standard of living in the Sham (Greater Syria) is modern

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1797. The man is about to leave his house, and his stick and whip will tell him what his family has done in his house

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1798. The bad guys follow the good guys for twenty and a hundred years, and none of the people know when it started

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1799. The Hour will not come upon anyone who says: There is no god but Allah, and the king wants to blow the trumpet, so if he hears someone say: There is no god but Allah, he ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1800. It is narrated on the authority of Anas that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:"The Hour (Resurrection) will not occur as long as anyone says: 'Allah, Allah

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1801. Evil people, or evil people, are the ones whom the Hour will reach while they are still alive

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1802. My example and the example of the Hour is the example of a people who sent an eye and it saw the enemy, but feared that the enemy would precede him to his companions, so ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1803. There are imprisoned devils in the sea, about to emerge and recite the Qur’an to the people

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1804. We find them living after the hundred for a long time, but this nation postponed it for thirty and a hundred years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1805. The Hour will come, and the two men will sell the garment and will not fold it or sell it, until the Hour will come, and the man will milk and will not put the pot on it ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1806. The one asked about it does not know more than the questioner, but it has signs: When the shepherds of sheep competed in building, and when the barefoot and naked people ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1807. The Hour has signs, and the Hour will not come until its signs come

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1808. The Hour will not come until it rains on the people, nothing but houses of poetry

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1809. The hour and I were sent like this, and he pointed with his thumb and middle fingers, separating them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1810. If one of them urinates, he should perform tayammum with dirt for fear that the Hour will overtake him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1811. Be fit to what Allah has provided for you, for there is a soul in the matter

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1812. The Hour will not come until Hajj is not performed on the House

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1813. From the approach of the Hour, the appearance of minerals, the abundance of rain, and the scarcity of plants, and the man walks with a shield and two shields and does not...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1814. There will come a time when the palm tree bears nothing but dates

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1815. When the first verses are revealed, the pens will be cast down, the memorizers will be imprisoned, and the bodies will bear witness to the deeds

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1816. Gabriel (peace be upon him) came to me with a white mirror with a black spot on it. What is this? What is this black joke?

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1817. As time approaches, the thunderbolts increase

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1818. When the first verses are revealed, the pens will be cast down, the memorizers will be imprisoned, and the bodies will bear witness to the deeds

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1819. The Hour and I were sent like this one

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1820. The Hour will not come until trees and buildings increase, and the trees do not produce leaves

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1821. The Hour will come upon the wickedest of people, then an angel will blow on the trumpet, and the trumpet is a link between the heavens and the earth, so there will not re...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1822. The Hour will not come until a man manages the affairs of fifty women

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1823. If a man tied a horse and it produced a foal at the beginning of the verses, he would not mount the foal until he saw the end of it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1824. The Hour will not come until the year is like the month, and the month is like Friday, and Friday is like the day, and the day is like the hour, and the hour is like the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1825. There are forty days between the two blows. They said: O Abu Hurairah, forty days? He said: I refused. They said: Forty months? He said: I did not. They said: Forty years...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1826. A day will come upon the Euphrates, and if one were to ask for a basin of water, it would not be found. Every water would be returned to its element, and the rest of the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1827. The nights, days, months, and times are closest to the Hour

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1828. The Hour will come upon the wickedest of people. They will not enjoin good nor forbid evil. They will fool around like donkeys. A man took a woman by the hand and went al...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1829. One of the signs of calamity and signs of the Hour is that a sound from the sky will strike them at night, and they will be terrified by the sound, so they are in their t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1830. The nation of Muhammad ﷺ lasted three hundred years, like the years of the Children of Israel

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1831. Between the verses, such as Friday to Friday, the beginning and the end, or seven heavy beads on a weak thread, if they are interrupted, in succession.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1832. If the Qur’an is lifted from the chests of men, they will overflow with poetry

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1833. It is narrated on the authority of Abu Huraira that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:The (Last) Hour shall not came till the sun rises from the place of its setting And on...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1834. The last day of the rising of the sun from the west is ever one day, and on that day it will be imprinted on the hearts, including what is in them, and those who have mem...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1835. Five things I do not know which of the verses were the first, and which of them came, no soul benefited from its faith who had not previously believed or earned good thro...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1836. The rising of the sun, the tenth verse, which is the last of the verses. Then every breastfeeding woman will neglect what she breastfed, and every wealthy person will thr...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1837. {The day some of the signs of your Lord come, no soul will benefit from its belief if it did not believe before.} [Al-An'am: 158] He said: The rising of the sun from the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1838. Jesus and his companions will respond to Gog and Magog, then they will live until they live the night the sun rises from the west, and until they will enjoy forty years o...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1839. You will not remain after Gog and Magog but a short time, until the sun rises from the west, and the one who has no creator says: We do not care if Allah returns His ligh...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1840. When the sun rises from the west, mothers will be distracted from their children, and beloved ones will be distracted from the fruits of their hearts, and every soul will...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1841. The sun and the moon meet in the sky in the evening position, so the day is eternal for twenty years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1842. When the sun sets, it says salutation, prostrates, and asks for permission, and permission is given to it, until the day it sets, and it says: Oh Lord, the journey is far...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1843. {The Day when some of the signs of your Lord will come} [Al-An’am: 158] He said: The rising of the sun from the west.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1844. The sun rises from the west like two horned camels

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1845. People live after the sun rises from the west for twenty and a hundred years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1846. In the West there is a gate for repentance a distance of seventy or forty years wide, and it will not be closed until the sun rises from the west before it. Then he recit...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1847. The animal has three departures over time: It emerges in the farthest part of Yemen, and its mention is spread among the people of the desert, so its mention does not ent...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1848. An animal emerges from a mountain with horseshoes, its head touching the clouds, and its feet have not come out of the ground, until it comes to a man while he is praying...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1849. The first of the verses is the Romans, then the Dajjal, the third is Gog and Magog, the fourth is Jesus son of Mary, the fifth is smoke, and the sixth is the beast.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1850. {And when the word comes upon them, We bring out for them an animal from the earth that will speak to them} [An-Naml: 82] He said: If they do not enjoin what is right and...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1851. Hudhaifa b. Usaid al-Ghifari reported:Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) came to us all of a sudden as we were (busy in a discussion). He said: What do you discuss about? They (the Co...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1852. The companions of Jesus, son of Mary (peace be upon him), who fought with him the Dajjal after the appearance of the beast of the earth, will enjoy forty years of blessin...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1853. The animal comes out after sunrise, and when it comes out, the animal kills Satan while he is prostrating, and the believers enjoy the earth after that for forty years, n...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1854. The animal will not leave until there is no believer left on the earth. Recite, if you wish, {And when the word falls upon them, We will bring forth for them an animal fr...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1855. The animal emerges from a crack in the clearing, where the horse has been present for three days, but a third of it does not emerge

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1856. The animal comes out

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1857. The animal comes out carrying the staff of Moses and the ring of Solomon, peace be upon them. It covers the face of the believer with the stick and seals the nose of the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1858. A black spot is marked on the face of the infidel and spreads on his face until his face turns black, and a white spot is marked on the believer's face and spreads on his...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1859. An animal of the earth, a lizard with fur, whose face reaches toward the sky

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1860. The animal comes out of Ajyad

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1861. The animal comes out on the night of a gathering. They walk to the gathering, and the animal comes out, and its neck is male in length, so do not leave a hypocrite except...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1862. The animal emerges from a crack in Safa

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1863. When they do not enjoin good nor forbid evil, Nu`aym told us, Ibn al-Mubarak told us ، And son of Thor ، About Muammar ، About a man ، On the authority of Qais bin Saad ،...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1864. O people of Yemen, they emigrated before the two darknesses. As for one of them, Abyssinia, they will leave until they reach this place of mine

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1865. The Abyssinians go out in a way in which they end up at the house, then the people of the Sham (Greater Syria) come out to them and find them spread out on the ground, an...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1866. Abyssinia emerges after the landing of Jesus, son of Mary, and Jesus sends a vanguard and they are defeated

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1867. The Abyssinians come and destroy the house in such a way that it will never be restored, and they are the ones who extract its treasure

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1868. The two-pedestal Kaaba was destroyed by Abyssinia

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1869. It is as if I am looking at the bald Afidha Afihaj on the back of the Kaaba hitting it with a kerzana

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1870. The two-stalked man from Abyssinia destroys the house of Allah

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1871. The Kaaba was demolished twice, and the stone was removed the third time

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1872. It is as if I am looking at an Ethiopian with shaved legs sitting on the Kaaba with his wipes being destroyed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1873. They will destroy the Abyssinian house, and they will take the place, and they will catch up with that and Allah Almighty will kill them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1874. So go back to him and give him my greetings from me and say to him: Pharaoh’s treasure is not yours or your companions’. It belongs to the Abyssinians. They come in their...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1875. You and the people of Andalusia fight with Wasim, and your troops come to you from the Sham (Greater Syria), and when the first of them descends, Allah defeats your enemy...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1876. Nu'aym told us about Rushdin, on the authority of Ibn Lahi'ah, on the authority of Abu Qabil, on the authority of Ubaid ibn Fayrouz, on the authority of Abdullah ibn Amr,...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1877. Rushdin told us, on the authority of Ibn Lahi’ah, on the authority of Abu Qabil, on the authority of Abdullah ibn Amr, that a man, one of the enemies of the Muslims in An...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1878. The people of Andalusia fight you handsomely, then your supplies come from the Sham (Greater Syria), and Allah defeats them

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1879. They fight you handsomely, but Allah defeats them, then Abyssinia comes in the second year

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1880. The Abyssinians will come with three hundred thousand, and over them will be a man called Asbis. You and the people of the Sham (Greater Syria) will fight them, and Allah...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1881. They are the ones who extract Pharaoh's treasure in a city called Memphis, and the Muslims go out to them and fight them and take those treasures as spoils until the Ethi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1882. The one who leads the people of Andalusia is a Persian king called Dhu al-Arf. He evacuates the Muslims from the people of Andalusia and the people of the Maghreb until t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1883. The Banu Qantura ibn Karkara are about to set out and drive the people of Khorasan violently, until they tie their horses to the palm trees of al-Abla. They send a messag...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1884. If Allah kills Gog and Magog, while the people are like that, when the scream comes to them that the One with the Two Stems has invaded the House, seeking it, then Jesus,...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1885. You will not fight after this day until the Day of Resurrection

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1886. When Ibn al-Zubayr demolished the Kaaba, we went out to Mina three times to await the torment

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1887. It is as if I am looking at an Ethiopian with broad legs, sitting on the Kaaba with his wipes being destroyed

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1888. The Turks come down to Amed and drink from the Tigris and Euphrates, and they strive in the peninsula, while the people of Islam are in confusion and are unable to do any...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1889. The Turks will return to the peninsula to water their horses from the Euphrates, then Allah will send a plague upon them and kill them, and only one man will escape.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1890. They stand on the hills of the island to seize the women of a rich man, so much so that when a man sees the whiteness of his wife’s anklets, he is unable to ward off her....

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1891. They will go out, and nothing will stop them near the Euphrates. What happened to their epics, and the knights of the people on that day will be Qays Aylan, and he will e...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1892. The Turks have two exits: one is the devastation of Azerbaijan, and one is they go out on the island, encircling the camels, so Allah gives victory to the Muslims, and am...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1893. The Banu Qantura are about to drive the people of Khorasan and the people of Sijistan violently, until they tie their animals to the palm trees of the fool. They will sen...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1894. A land called Basra or Al-Basira. The Banu Qantura come to them until they settle in a river called the Tigris with palm trees, and the people therein disperse into three...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1895. They will separate into three groups: a group that will stay, a group that will join its fathers in the springs of wormwood and Qaysum, and a group that will join the Sha...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1896. Their eyes are like a valley, and their faces are like a hole. They have a spot between the Tigris and the Euphrates, a spot in the donkey meadow, and a spot in the Tigri...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1897. My nation will be led by people with asy-faced faces and small eyes, as if their faces were hollow, until they joined them in the Arabian Peninsula three times. As for th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1898. The Banu Qantura are about to expel you from the land of Iraq. Do you desire that? Yes, and they will have the comfort of living

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1899. People's epics are five, two have passed, and three have passed in this nation: the epic of the Turks, the epic of the Romans, and the epic of the Dajjal. There is no epi...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1900. The Dajjal will descend on Khuz and Kirman with eighty thousand people, their faces as if they were hammered shields, wearing long robes and wearing hair.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1901. Leave the place as long as they leave you, meaning the Khazars

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1902. You will drive the Turks out, and nothing will stop them short of a rupture. Among them is the greatest slaughter of Allah

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1903. A people with small eyes and slit noses, whose faces look like hammered shields, will bring you out of it, wearing hair, tying their horses to palm trees, and drinking fr...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1904. Leave the camp as long as they leave you, for they will go out until they reach the Euphrates, and the first of them will drink from it, and the last of them will come an...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1905. Who are you from? So we said: From the people of Iraq. He said: By Allah, besides whom there is no god, the Banu Qantur from Khurasan and Sijistan will drive you violentl...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1906. Abu hurairah reported the Prophet (ﷺ) as saying:The last hour will not come before you fight with a people whose sandals are of hair, and the Last hour will not come befo...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1907. The first country to be visited by the Arabs is a people with red faces, as if their faces are like hammered shields

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1908. You will find their faces like pearls, their eyes like meekness, so leave them as long as they leave you

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1909. They will join us in the wormwood springs

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1910. The Romans emerge in the Great Epic, and with them are the Turks, Burjan, and Saqlaba

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1911. There are three epics, two have passed, and one remains, the Turkish epic on the island

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1912. The Turks have two campaigns: one of them is to destroy Azerbaijan, and the second is to start it on the banks of the Euphrates.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1913. The Turks start on the Euphrates River, and it is as if I am with yellow-haired women lining up on the Euphrates River

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1914. Then Allah will send death upon their corpses, meaning their animals, and it will dismount them, and there will be Allah’s greatest slaughter among them, after which ther...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1915. It is as if I were leaving the ears on two brats until they tied them to the shore of the Euphrates

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1916. The Banu Qantura are about to expel you from the land of Iraq. Is that more beloved to you? Then you will return, and you will have comfort and sustenance therein

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1917. Among the signs of the Hour is that you will fight a people whose faces are like hammered shields, and you will fight a people whose shoes are shod with hair. We saw the ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1918. Abu Nadra reported:"We were in the company of Jabir b. 'Abdullah that he said it may happen that the people of Iraq may not send their qafiz and dirhams (their measures o...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1919. enemy

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1920. Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) as saying:The Last Hour would not come unless you fight with people whose faces are like hammered shields and the Last Hour wou...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1921. Narrated Abu Huraira:Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) said, "The Hour will not be established until you fight with the Turks; people with small eyes, red faces, and flat noses. Thei...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1922. The millstone of the Arabs will turn one hundred and twenty-five years after the death of its Prophet ﷺ, and then the turmoil

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1923. Then Damra told us, on the authority of Ibn Shudhab, on the authority of Abu Al-Tayyah, on the authority of his father, on the authority of Abu Al-Awwam, the same as he s...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1924. Every nation has a term, and my nation has a hundred years, so if a hundred years have passed for my nation, what Allah promised it will come to it

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1925. The authority of the nation of Muhammad ﷺ after his death for one hundred years, sixty-seven years and thirty-one days, until Allah gives them weakness.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1926. There are four trials after the Messenger of Allah ﷺ until the Hour comes: the first is five, the second is twenty, the third is twenty, and the fourth is the Dajjal. He ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1927. The caliphate in my nation lasts for thirty years. They calculated that, and the completion of that was the guardianship of Ali (may Allah be pleased with him). He said...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1928. This matter will happen to a man from the Umayyads who will follow you for twenty-two years, then successive caliphs will die in a few years, and then a man with a mark i...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1929. If one hundred and twenty-five years have passed over my nation, the epics, and all that is mentioned, will be at the end of time

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1930. After Muawiyah, there is a man who impregnates a woman and weaves her child, and another one reigns and nothing happens until he dies. Then there will be a man from Taima...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1931. The last caliph of the Banu Umayyads ruled for two years, not exceeding eighteen months

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1932. Woe to the Arabs after one hundred and twenty-five years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1933. The affairs of the Abbasids will be divided in the year ninety-seven or ninety-nine, and the Mahdi will rise in the year two hundred

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1934. The Banu Abbas owned nine hundred months

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1935. Two men, a man and his son from Banu Hashim, reign for seventy-two years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1936. The Mahdi will reign for seven, eight, nine years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1937. He will remain for thirty-nine years, for the Banu Hashim for seventy years, and between the destruction of Rhodes and the Hashimi for seventy years.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1938. All the affairs of this nation after its Prophet Muhammad ﷺ until Jesus are two hundred and seventy-four years. The Umayyads had eighty years of that, and the rulers, who...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1939. From the time when the right is taken away, it is given to its people, one thousand days, three hundred and thirty-five days, one thousand days, two hundred days, and nin...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1940. The bad people follow the good people for twenty and a hundred years, and none of the people knows when the first of them will come,” he said

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1941. A man from al-Mawali passes by and calls for the Banu Hashim, called Abdullah. He stays for four years, then dies

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1942. The emergence of Sufyani in the year thirty-seven, and his reign was twenty-eight months, and if he left in the thirty-nine, his reign was nine months.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1943. The exit of Sufyani on the thirty-seventh day

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1944. I find that they live a long time after that

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1945. I hope that my nation will not be unable before my Lord to delay them by half a day.” Saad said: Half a day is five hundred years. He said:

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1946. A trial has engulfed you like pieces of a dark night, from which neither the east nor the west will be saved, except those who take shelter in the shade of Lebanon betwee...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1947. Seven years elapsed between the conquest of Constantinople and the emergence of the Dajjal

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1948. The fourth strife takes place eighteen, then the Euphrates loses a mountain of gold and they fight over it, until out of every nine seven are killed.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1949. A temptation will emerge from Sidon to the upper parts of the Sham (Greater Syria) and will remain there for four years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1950. Narrated Abdullah ibn Mas'ud: The Prophet (ﷺ) said: The mill of Islam will go round till the year thirty-five, or thirty-six, or thirty-seven; then if they perish, they w...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1951. You consulted me about a land to buy, the option of lands, and I forbade you. If you have a need for it, buy it, for there will be peace and unity at the beginning of the...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1952. The mill of Islam will run for thirty-five years. If they perish, then it will be in the way of those who perished, and if they remain, then it will be seventy before it,...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1953. The mercy of your Lord, and the call of your Prophet, ﷺ

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1954. I tell you that after your Prophet there will be a difference of a few years. As for the one hundred and thirty-three, the prudent will not rejoice in his son, and the on...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1955. The difference of my companions after me is twenty-five years, killing each other, the hundred and twenty-five is severe hunger, and the Umayyads are killing their succes...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1956. In the year one hundred and fifty, the best of your sons and daughters

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1957. This is the beginning of forty years, at which time there will be peace, so he bought it, and Muawiyah’s group was at the beginning of forty

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1958. The Banu Umayyads reigned for a hundred years, and the Banu Marwan had sixty-odd years of that. They had a wall of iron that was not sound until they removed it with thei...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1959. They are lying to me, not like that. I said: But I said: She will not be seventy except that she will have hardships and great matters, and the Hour will not come until t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1960. The nation of Muhammad ﷺ lasted three hundred years, like the children of Israel

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1961. There must be three sons of Abbas whose first name is Ayn

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1962. I find in the Torah: There were twelve kings among them ، The first of them is a friend who dies ، Then Al-Farouq is killed ، Then the prince is killed ، Then the head of...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1963. A man will emerge from the descendants of Hussein, whose name will be the same as your Prophet ، The people of heaven and earth rejoice at his departure ، A man said to h...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1964. There is no nation that has not been tempted after its Prophet for thirty-five years. If you survive, you will be tempted at the beginning of thirty-five years. Otherwise...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1965. My nation has five classes, each class lasting forty years. The first class is me and those with me who are people of certainty and knowledge. The second class is people ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1966. People live after the sun rises from the west for twenty and a hundred years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1967. Have you seen this night of yours? For at the end of a hundred years, not a single person who is on the face of the earth will remain. Ibn Umar said: So people were confu...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1968. Woe to the Arabs for the evil that has approached over sixty days. Honesty becomes a spoil, charity a fine, testimony becomes knowledge, and judgment becomes based on inc...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1969. If it is the year thirty-five, a great matter will happen, and if they perish, then by heat, and if they are saved, then perhaps. And if it is the year seventy, you will ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1970. This nation postponed it for thirty-one hundred years

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1971. If it is the year one hundred and fifty, then the best of your women are all the childless

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1972. I would not care, after the year seventy, if a rock was rolled from the top of the mosque and killed ten of you

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1973. Do you know how long Noah stayed with his people? I said: Yes, a thousand years minus fifty years. He said: Those before him had longer lives, and then people continued t...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1974. There was no prophet except that he lived half the life of another, and Jesus (peace be upon him) lived for forty and a hundred years.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1975. Do you know who lives the longest? I said: Allah Almighty mentioned Noah and said: {He remained among them a thousand years minus fifty years} so I do not know what happe...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1976. Between every two there are forty years, forty months, and forty days, until the sun rises from the west

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1977. The bad guys follow the good guys for twenty and a hundred years, and no one knows when the first of them will come

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1978. We have learned that Natha was a prophet ، And he mentioned time and said: Time is seven weeks ، The week is seven thousand years ، The two years are a thousand years old...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1979. The best of your children after one hundred and fifty-four years are daughters, and the best of your women after one hundred and sixty years are barren ones. So if it is ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1980. It will take my nation by taking the nations before it, inch by inch. The man said: As you did: Persia and the Romans? The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: Are people except th...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1981. When Ibn Abi Hudhayfah seized power in Egypt and Othman was deposed, he called the people for their gifts, but I refused to take from him. Then I rode to Othman and said:...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1982. If the yellow flags enter Egypt and defeat it and sit on its pulpit, let the people of the Sham (Greater Syria) dig swarms in the ground, for it is a calamity.

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1983. If Hadda was in the Sham (Greater Syria) before Al-Bayda, then neither Bayda nor Sufyani. Laith said: Al-Huda was in Tiberias, so she woke up in Fustat, and her wings too...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1984. The first people to perish with Quraysh, and the first to be killed are my family.” He said

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1985. I do not fight during strife, and I pray behind those who are defeated

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1986. If a stranger came and turned to his right and to his left and saw nothing but a stranger and took a breath, Allah recorded for him for every breath he took two thousand ...

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1987. The death of exile is a testimony

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.

  1988. Whoever eats from a plate and then licks it, the plate will ask forgiveness for him

    Weak report. Shown for study, not as established.